EX-4.1



 Exhibit 4.1 

EXECUTION VERSION 
  

 
  

VRX ESCROW CORP. 

$2,000,000,000 5.375% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2020 

$3,250,000,000 5.875% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2023 

€1,500,000,000 4.50% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2023 

$3,250,000,000 6.125% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2025 
  

 
 INDENTURE

 DATED AS OF MARCH 27, 2015 
  

 
 THE BANK OF NEW
YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A., 
 as Trustee, Registrar and US Paying Agent 

and 
 THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON,

 ACTING THROUGH ITS LONDON BRANCH, 

as Euro Paying Agent 
  

 
  







 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
  

							
	 	  	 	  	Page	 
	
	ARTICLE 1	  
	
	DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE	  
			
	Section 1.1	  	Definitions	  	 	1	  
	Section 1.2	  	Other Definitions	  	 	29	  
	Section 1.3	  	[RESERVED]	  	 	30	  
	Section 1.4	  	Rules of Construction	  	 	30	  
	
	ARTICLE 2	  
	
	THE SECURITIES	  
			
	Section 2.1	  	Form and Dating	  	 	30	  
	Section 2.2	  	Execution and Authentication	  	 	32	  
	Section 2.3	  	Registrar and Paying Agent	  	 	33	  
	Section 2.4	  	Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust	  	 	34	  
	Section 2.5	  	Noteholder Lists	  	 	34	  
	Section 2.6	  	Transfer and Exchange	  	 	34	  
	Section 2.7	  	Replacement Notes	  	 	35	  
	Section 2.8	  	Outstanding Notes	  	 	36	  
	Section 2.9	  	Treasury Notes	  	 	36	  
	Section 2.10	  	Temporary Notes	  	 	36	  
	Section 2.11	  	Cancellation	  	 	36	  
	Section 2.12	  	Legend; Additional Transfer and Exchange Requirements	  	 	37	  
	Section 2.13	  	CUSIP, Common Code and ISIN Numbers	  	 	39	  
	
	ARTICLE 3	  
	
	REDEMPTION AND PURCHASES	  
			
	Section 3.1	  	Right to Redeem	  	 	39	  
	Section 3.2	  	Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed	  	 	39	  
	Section 3.3	  	Notice of Redemption	  	 	40	  
	Section 3.4	  	Effect of Notice of Redemption	  	 	41	  
	Section 3.5	  	Deposit of Redemption Price	  	 	41	  
	Section 3.6	  	Notes Redeemed in Part	  	 	41	  
	Section 3.7	  	Optional Redemption	  	 	42	  
	Section 3.8	  	Purchase of Notes at Option of the Holder Upon Change of Control	  	 	47	  
	Section 3.9	  	Effect of Change of Control Purchase Notice	  	 	49	  
	Section 3.10	  	Deposit of Change of Control Purchase Price	  	 	50	  
	Section 3.11	  	Notes Purchased in Part	  	 	50	  
	Section 3.12	  	Compliance with Securities Laws upon Purchase of Notes	  	 	50	  
	Section 3.13	  	Repayment to the Company	  	 	50	  
	Section 3.14	  	Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds	  	 	51	  
	Section 3.15	  	Special Mandatory Redemption	  	 	52	  


  
 -i- 









							
	 	  	 	  	Page	 
	
	ARTICLE 4	  
	
	COVENANTS	  
			
	Section 4.1	  	Payment of Notes	  	 	52	  
	Section 4.2	  	Maintenance of Office or Agency	  	 	53	  
	Section 4.3	  	Reports	  	 	54	  
	Section 4.4	  	Compliance Certificates	  	 	55	  
	Section 4.5	  	Further Instruments and Acts	  	 	55	  
	Section 4.6	  	Maintenance of Corporate Existence	  	 	55	  
	Section 4.7	  	Changes in Covenants When Notes Rated Investment Grade	  	 	55	  
	Section 4.8	  	Restricted Payments	  	 	56	  
	Section 4.9	  	Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock	  	 	59	  
	Section 4.10	  	[Reserved]	  	 	62	  
	Section 4.11	  	Liens	  	 	62	  
	Section 4.12	  	Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries	  	 	63	  
	Section 4.13	  	Transactions with Affiliates	  	 	64	  
	Section 4.14	  	Asset Sales	  	 	66	  
	Section 4.15	  	Additional Note Guarantees	  	 	68	  
	Section 4.16	  	Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries	  	 	68	  
	Section 4.17	  	Business Activities	  	 	69	  
	Section 4.18	  	[Reserved]	  	 	69	  
	Section 4.19	  	Stay, Extension and Usury Laws	  	 	69	  
	Section 4.20	  	Notice of Default	  	 	69	  
	Section 4.21	  	Payment of Additional Amounts	  	 	69	  
	Section 4.22	  	Escrow of Proceeds	  	 	72	  
	Section 4.23	  	Activities Prior to the Assumption	  	 	72	  
	
	ARTICLE 5	  
	
	MERGER, CONSOLIDATION OR SALE OF ASSETS	  
			
	Section 5.1	  	Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets	  	 	72	  
	Section 5.2	  	Successor Substituted	  	 	74	  
	
	ARTICLE 6	  
	
	DEFAULT AND REMEDIES	  
			
	Section 6.1	  	Events of Default	  	 	74	  
	Section 6.2	  	Acceleration	  	 	76	  
	Section 6.3	  	Other Remedies	  	 	76	  
	Section 6.4	  	Waiver of Defaults and Events of Default	  	 	77	  
	Section 6.5	  	Control by Majority	  	 	77	  
	Section 6.6	  	Limitations on Suits	  	 	77	  
	Section 6.7	  	Rights of Holders to Receive Payment	  	 	77	  
	Section 6.8	  	Collection Suit by Trustee	  	 	77	  
	Section 6.9	  	Trustee May File Proofs of Claim	  	 	78	  
	Section 6.10	  	Priorities	  	 	78	  
	Section 6.11	  	Undertaking for Costs	  	 	78	  


  
 -ii- 









							
	 	  	 	  	Page	 
	
	ARTICLE 7	  
	
	TRUSTEE	  
			
	Section 7.1	  	Duties of Trustee	  	 	79	  
	Section 7.2	  	Rights of Trustee	  	 	80	  
	Section 7.3	  	Individual Rights of Trustee	  	 	81	  
	Section 7.4	  	Trustee’s Disclaimer	  	 	81	  
	Section 7.5	  	Notice of Default or Events of Default	  	 	81	  
	Section 7.6	  	[RESERVED]	  	 	81	  
	Section 7.7	  	Compensation and Indemnity	  	 	81	  
	Section 7.8	  	Replacement of Trustee	  	 	82	  
	Section 7.9	  	Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc.	  	 	83	  
	Section 7.10	  	Eligibility; Disqualification	  	 	83	  
	Section 7.11	  	Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Company	  	 	83	  
	Section 7.12	  	Escrow Authorization	  	 	83	  
	
	ARTICLE 8	  
	
	DEFEASANCE; SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE	  
			
	Section 8.1	  	Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture	  	 	83	  
	Section 8.2	  	Legal Defeasance	  	 	85	  
	Section 8.3	  	Covenant Defeasance	  	 	86	  
	Section 8.4	  	Application of Trust Money	  	 	87	  
	Section 8.5	  	Repayment to the Company	  	 	87	  
	Section 8.6	  	Reinstatement	  	 	87	  
	
	ARTICLE 9	  
	
	AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS	  
			
	Section 9.1	  	Without Consent of Holders	  	 	88	  
	Section 9.2	  	With Consent of Holders	  	 	89	  
	Section 9.3	  	Notice of Amendment, Supplement or Waiver	  	 	90	  
	Section 9.4	  	Revocation and Effect of Consents	  	 	90	  
	Section 9.5	  	Notation on or Exchange of Notes	  	 	90	  
	Section 9.6	  	Trustee to Sign Amendments, Etc.	  	 	90	  
	Section 9.7	  	Effect of Supplemental Indentures	  	 	90	  
	
	ARTICLE 10	  
	
	NOTE GUARANTEES	  
			
	Section 10.1	  	Note Guarantees	  	 	91	  
	Section 10.2	  	Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantees	  	 	92	  
	Section 10.3	  	Limitation on Note Guarantor Liability	  	 	92	  
	Section 10.4	  	Merger and Consolidation of Note Guarantors	  	 	93	  
	Section 10.5	  	Release	  	 	93	  


  
 -iii- 









							
	 	  	 	  	Page	 
	
	ARTICLE 11	  
	
	MISCELLANEOUS	  
			
	Section 11.1	  	Certain Trust Indenture Act Sections	  	 	94	  
	Section 11.2	  	Notices	  	 	94	  
	Section 11.3	  	Communications by Holders With Other Holders	  	 	95	  
	Section 11.4	  	Certificate and Opinion of Counsel as to Conditions Precedent	  	 	95	  
	Section 11.5	  	Record Date for Vote or Consent of Holders	  	 	96	  
	Section 11.6	  	Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar	  	 	96	  
	Section 11.7	  	Legal Holidays	  	 	96	  
	Section 11.8	  	Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial	  	 	96	  
	Section 11.9	  	No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements	  	 	97	  
	Section 11.10	  	No Recourse Against Others	  	 	97	  
	Section 11.11	  	Successors	  	 	97	  
	Section 11.12	  	Multiple Counterparts	  	 	97	  
	Section 11.13	  	Separability	  	 	97	  
	Section 11.14	  	Table of Contents, Headings, etc.	  	 	97	  
	Section 11.15	  	Calculations in Respect of the Notes	  	 	97	  
	Section 11.16	  	Agent for Service and Waiver of Immunities	  	 	97	  
	Section 11.17	  	Judgment Currency	  	 	98	  
	Section 11.18	  	Foreign Currency Equivalent	  	 	98	  
	Section 11.19	  	Usury Savings Clause	  	 	98	  
	Section 11.20	  	Interest Act (Canada)	  	 	98	  
	Section 11.21	  	Tax Matters	  	 	99	  

 EXHIBITS 
  

					
	EXHIBIT A-1	  	-	  	FORM OF 2020 NOTE
	EXHIBIT A-2	  	-	  	FORM OF 2023 NOTE
	EXHIBIT A-3	  	-	  	FORM OF 2025 NOTE
	EXHIBIT A-4	  	-	  	FORM OF EURO NOTE
	EXHIBIT B	  	-	  	FORM OF GUARANTEE
	EXHIBIT C	  	-	  	FORM OF CERTIFICATE FROM ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR
	EXHIBIT D	  	-	  	FORM OF CANADIAN NOTE GUARANTEE


  
 -iv- 








 THIS INDENTURE dated as of March 27, 2015 is between VRX Escrow Corp., a corporation
organized under the federal laws of Canada (the “Company”), The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., a national banking association duly organized under the laws of the United States, not in its individual capacity but
solely as Trustee, Registrar and US Paying Agent, and The Bank of New York Mellon, acting through its London branch, not in its individual capacity but solely as Euro Paying Agent. 

In consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Notes by the Holders thereof, all parties agree as follows for the benefit of the
other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the registered Holders of the Company’s Notes. 
 ARTICLE 1 

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE 

Section 1.1 Definitions. 

“2020 Global Notes” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 hereto bearing the Global Note Legend
and the Private Placement Legend deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee that will initially be issued in a denomination equal to the principal amount of the 2020 Notes sold in reliance on Rule
144A. 
 “2023 Global Notes” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A-2 hereto bearing the Global
Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee that will initially be issued in a denomination equal to the principal amount of the 2023 Notes sold in
reliance on Rule 144A. 
 “2025 Global Notes” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A-3 hereto
bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee that will initially be issued in a denomination equal to the principal amount of the 2025
Notes sold in reliance on Rule 144A. 
 “2020 Notes” means any of the Company’s dollar denominated 5.375% Senior Notes
due 2020, as amended or supplemented from time to time, that are issued under this Indenture. 
 “2023 Notes” means any of
the Company’s dollar denominated 5.875% Senior Notes due 2023, as amended or supplemented from time to time, that are issued under this Indenture. 

“2025 Notes” means any of the Company’s dollar denominated 6.125% Senior Notes due 2025, as amended or supplemented from
time to time, that are issued under this Indenture. 
 “2020 Regulation S Global Note” means a Global Note substantially in
the form of Exhibit A-1 hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee that will initially be issued in a denomination
equal to the principal amount of the 2020 Notes sold in reliance on Regulation S. 
 “2023 Regulation S Global Note”
means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A-2 hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee that will
initially be issued in a denomination equal to the principal amount of the 2023 Notes sold in reliance on Regulation S. 







 “2025 Regulation S Global Note” means a Global Note substantially in the form of
Exhibit A-3 hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee that will initially be issued in a denomination equal to the
principal amount of the 2025 Notes sold in reliance on Regulation S. 
 “Acquired Debt” means, with respect to any
specified Person: 
 (1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or
became a Subsidiary of such specified Person and which is not satisfied in full at such time, whether or not such Indebtedness is incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming a Subsidiary
of, such specified Person; and 
 (2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

 “Acquisition” means the merger of Sun Merger Sub, Inc. with and into Salix Pharmaceuticals, Ltd. pursuant to the Merger
Agreement, with Salix Pharmaceuticals, Ltd. surviving as a wholly owned subsidiary of the Parent. 
 “Additional 2020
Notes” means the additional principal amount of 2020 Notes (other than the Initial 2020 Notes) that may be issued from time to time under this Indenture in accordance with Section 2.1(c) of this Indenture as part of the same series of
Notes issued on the date hereof. 
 “Additional 2023 Notes” means the additional principal amount of 2023 Notes (other than
the Initial 2023 Notes) that may be issued from time to time under this Indenture in accordance with Section 2.1(c) of this Indenture as part of the same series of Notes issued on the date hereof. 

“Additional 2025 Notes” means the additional principal amount of 2025 Notes (other than the Initial 2025 Notes) that may be
issued from time to time under this Indenture in accordance with Section 2.1(c) of this Indenture as part of the same series of Notes issued on the date hereof. 

“Additional Euro Notes” means the additional principal amount of Euro Notes (other than the Initial Euro Notes) that may be
issued from time to time under this Indenture in accordance with Section 2.1(c) of this Indenture as part of the same series of Notes issued on the date hereof. 

“Additional Notes” means any Additional 2020 Notes, Additional 2023 Notes, Additional 2025 Notes or Additional Euro Notes.

 “Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under
direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control,” as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of
the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise. For purposes of this definition, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control
with” have correlative meanings. 
 “Agent” means any Registrar or Paying Agent. 

  
 -2- 








 “Applicable Premium” means, as determined by the Company, with respect to a
Note, the greater of 
 (1) 1.0% of the then outstanding principal amount of such Note and 

(2) (a) the present value of all remaining required interest and principal payments due on such Note and all premium payments
relating to such Note assuming a redemption date of March 15, 2017 (in the case of the 2020 Notes), May 15, 2018 (in the case of the 2023 Notes), May 15, 2018 (in the case of the Euro Notes) or April 15, 2020 (in the case of the
2025 Notes), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate in the case of the 2020 Notes, the 2023 Notes and the 2025 Notes, and the Bund Rate in the case of the Euro Notes, in each case plus 50 basis points, minus 

(b) the then outstanding principal amount of such Note, minus 

(c) accrued interest paid on the date of redemption. 

“Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of beneficial ownership interests in the Global
Notes, the rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and Clearstream, in each case to the extent applicable, to such transfer or exchange. 

“Asset Sale” means: 

(1) the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of any assets, property or rights outside of the ordinary course of
business; provided that the sale, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole will be governed by Section 3.8 and/or Section 5.1 hereof and
not by the provisions of Section 4.14; and 
 (2) the issuance of Equity Interests by any of the Parent’s
Restricted Subsidiaries or the sale of Equity Interests in any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case other than directors’ qualifying shares. 

Notwithstanding the preceding, none of the following items will be deemed to be an Asset Sale: 

(1) any single transaction or series of related transactions that involves assets having a Fair Market Value of less than
$100.0 million; 
 (2) a transfer of assets between or among the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries; 

(3) an issuance of Equity Interests by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent to the Parent or to another Restricted Subsidiary
of the Parent; 
 (4) any sale of receivables in connection with a Qualified Securitization Transaction; 

(5) the sale or other disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents; 

(6) a Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is permitted by Section 4.8 hereof; 

(7) the license or sublicense of intellectual property or other general intangibles and licenses, leases or subleases of other
property which do not materially interfere with the business of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, determined in good faith by the Parent; 

  
 -3- 








 (8) the sale, exchange or other disposition of obsolete, worn out, uneconomical
or surplus assets, including any such intellectual property; 
 (9) the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition to the
extent required by, or made pursuant to, customary buy/sell arrangements between joint venture parties set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding agreements; 

(10) foreclosures on, or condemnation of, assets and the surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or
surrender of contract, tort or other claims; and 
 (11) sales, transfers or other dispositions of assets for
consideration at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the assets sold or disposed of, but only if the consideration received consists of property or assets (other than cash, except to the extent used as a bona fide means of equalizing the value
of the property or assets involved in the swap transaction; provided, however, that cash does not exceed 10% of the sum of the amount of the cash and the Fair Market Value of the assets received or given) of a nature or type that are
used in a business having property or assets of a nature or type or engaged in a Permitted Business (or Capital Stock of a Person whose assets consist of assets of the type described in this clause (11)). 

“Assumption” means the consummation of the transactions whereby the Parent will assume all of the obligations of the
Company under the Notes and this Indenture pursuant to a supplemental indenture and other agreements. 
 “Assumption
Date” means the date of the consummation of the Acquisition and the Assumption. 
 “Attributable
Debt” in respect of a sale and leaseback transaction means, at the time of determination, the present value of the obligation of the lessee for net rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such sale and leaseback
transaction including any period for which such lease has been extended or may, at the option of the lessor, be extended. Such present value shall be calculated using a discount rate equal to the rate of interest implicit in such transaction,
determined in accordance with GAAP. 
 “Bankruptcy Law” means any of Title 11 of the United States Code, the
BIA, the CCAA, the WURA and the CBCA, and any other applicable insolvency, corporate arrangement or restructuring or other similar law of any jurisdiction including any law of any jurisdiction permitting a debtor to obtain a stay or a compromise of
the claims of its creditors against it. 
 “Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule
l3d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such “person” will be deemed to have
beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only after the passage of time. The terms
“Beneficially Owns” and “Beneficially Owned” have corresponding meanings. 

“BIA” means the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act (Canada). 

  
 -4- 








 “Board of Directors” means: 

(1) with respect to a company or corporation, the board of directors of the company or corporation or any committee thereof
duly authorized to act on behalf of such board; 
 (2) with respect to a partnership, the Board of Directors of the general
partner of the partnership or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such board; and 
 (3) with respect
to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function. 
 “Bund Rate” means, solely
for the purposes of the Euro Notes, with respect to any redemption date, the rate per annum equal to the semiannual equivalent yield to maturity as of such date of the Comparable German Bund Issue, assuming a price for the Comparable German
Bund Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable German Bund Price for such redemption date, where: 

(1) “Comparable German Bund Issue” means the German Bundesanleihe security selected by any Reference German Bund
Dealer as having a fixed maturity most nearly equal to the period from such redemption date to May 15, 2018 and that would be utilized at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of
euro-denominated corporate debt securities in a principal amount approximately equal to the then outstanding principal amount of the Euro Notes and of a maturity most nearly equal to the period from the redemption date to May 15, 2018;
provided, however, that, if the period from such redemption date to May 15, 2018 is not equal to the fixed maturity of the German Bundesanleihe security selected by such Reference German Bund Dealer, the Bund rate shall be determined by linear
interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the yields of German Bundesanleihe securities for which such yields are given, except that if the period from such redemption date to May 15, 2018 is less than one year, a
fixed maturity of one year shall be used; 
 (2) “Comparable German Bund Price” means, with respect to any
redemption date, the average of all Reference German Bund Dealer Quotations for such date (which, in any event, must include at least two such quotations), after excluding the highest and lowest such Reference German Bund Quotations, or if the
Company obtains fewer than four such Reference German Bund Dealer Quotations, the average of all such quotations; 
 (3)
“Reference German Bund Dealer” means any dealer of German Bundesanleihe securities appointed by the Company in good faith; and 

(4) “Reference German Bund Dealer Quotations” means, with respect to each Reference German Bund Dealer and any
redemption date, the average as determined by the Company in good faith of the bid and offered prices for the Comparable German Bund Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the Company by such
Reference German Bund Dealer at 3:30 p.m. Frankfurt, Germany, time on the third Business Day preceding the redemption date. 

“Business Day” means each day that is not a Legal Holiday and where such determination relates to the Euro Notes, is
also a TARGET2 settlement date for settlement of payments in euro. 
 “Canadian Note Guarantee” means each
Guarantee of the obligations with respect to the Notes issued by each Canadian Note Guarantor pursuant to the terms of this Indenture and substantially in the form of Exhibit D.  

  
 -5- 








 “Canadian Note Guarantor” means each Note Guarantor that is organized
under the laws of Canada or any province or territory thereof. 
 “Capital Lease Obligations” means, at the
time any determination is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at that time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet in accordance with GAAP. 

“Capital Stock” means: 

(1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock; 

(2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other
equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock; 
 (3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company,
partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and 
 (4) any other interest or participation (including,
without limitation, quotas) that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person. 

“Cash Equivalents” means: 

(1) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government or any agency or
instrumentality thereof (provided, that the full faith and credit of the U.S. is pledged in support thereof) having repricings or maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition; 

(2) certificates of deposit and time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’
acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case, with any United States commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $500.0 million; 

(3) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 14 days for underlying securities of the types described in clauses
(1) and (2) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (2) above; 

(4) commercial paper having a rating of at least “P-2” or better from Moody’s or at least “A-2” or
better from S&P, or carrying an equivalent rating by an internationally recognized rating agency and, in each case, maturing within one year after the date of acquisition; 

(5) auction-rate, corporate and municipal securities, in each case (x) having either short-term debt ratings of at least
“P-2” or better from Moody’s or at least “A-2” or better from S&P or long-term senior debt ratings of “A2” or better from Moody’s or at least “A” or better from S&P, or carrying an equivalent
rating by an internationally recognized rating agency, (y) having repricings or maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition and (z) which are classifiable as cash and cash equivalents under GAAP; 

(6) money market funds at least 95% of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses
(1) through (5) of this definition; or 

  
 -6- 








 (7) in the case of the Parent or any Foreign Subsidiary: 

(a) direct obligations of the sovereign nation, or any agency thereof, in which the Parent or such Foreign Subsidiary is
organized and is conducting business or in obligations fully and unconditionally guaranteed by such sovereign nation, or any agency thereof; provided, that such obligations have repricings or maturities of not more than one year from the date
of acquisition and are used by the Parent or such Foreign Subsidiary in accordance with normal investment practices for cash management in investments of the type analogous to clauses (1) through (5) above; or 

(b) investments of the type and maturity described in clauses (1) through (5) above of foreign obligors, which
investments or obligors have ratings described in such clauses or equivalent ratings from internationally recognized rating agencies; provided, that such investments are used by the Parent or such Foreign Subsidiary in accordance with normal
investment practices for cash management in investments of the type analogous to clauses (1) through (5) above. 

“CBCA” means the Canada Business Corporations Act. 

“CCAA” means the Companies’ Creditors Arrangement Act (Canada). 

“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following: 

(1) any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) becomes the Beneficial Owner,
other than by way of merger or consolidation of the Parent, of shares of the Parent’s Voting Stock representing 50% or more of the total voting power of all of the Parent’s outstanding Voting Stock; 

(2) the Parent consolidates with, or merges with or into, another Person, or the Parent, directly or indirectly, sells,
assigns, conveys, transfers, leases or otherwise disposes of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of
related transactions, or any Person consolidates with, or merges with or into, the Parent, in any such event other than pursuant to a transaction in which the Persons that Beneficially Owned the shares of the Parent’s Voting Stock immediately
prior to such transaction Beneficially Own at least a majority of the total voting power of all outstanding Voting Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the surviving or transferee Person; or 

(3) the holders of the Parent’s Capital Stock approve any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the
Parent (whether or not otherwise in compliance with this Indenture). 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction will not be deemed to
involve a Change of Control if (1) the Parent becomes a direct or indirect wholly-owned Subsidiary of a holding company and (2) (a) the direct or indirect holders of the Voting Stock of the ultimate parent holding company immediately
following that transaction are substantially the same as the holders of the Parent’s Voting Stock immediately prior to that transaction or (b) no “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act)
becomes the Beneficial Owner of 50% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of such ultimate parent holding company. 

  
 -7- 








 “Clearing Agency” means one or more of DTC, Euroclear, Clearstream, or
the successor of any of them, in each case acting directly, or through a custodian, nominee or depository, as holder of a Global Note. 

“Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking, société anonyme, Luxembourg. 

“Common Depositary” means The Bank of New York Mellon, London Branch, the common depositary for Euroclear and
Clearstream, or its nominee. 
 “Company” means the party named as such in the first paragraph of this Indenture
until a successor replaces it pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Company” shall mean such successor Company, including, without limitation, after the Assumption, Parent. 

“Consolidated Cash Flow” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of
such Person for such period plus: 
 (1) provision for taxes based on income or profits of
such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such provision for taxes was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus 

(2) Fixed Charges of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that any such expense
was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus 
 (3) any restructuring charges or expenses
(which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall include retention, severance, systems establishment costs, excess pension charges, contract termination costs and costs to consolidate facilities and relocate employees), to the extent that any such charge
or expense was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus 
 (4) fees and expenses in connection
with any proposed or actual issuance of any Indebtedness or Equity Interests, or any proposed or actual acquisitions, Investments, Asset Sales or divestitures permitted to be incurred under this Indenture; plus 

(5) depreciation, amortization (including amortization of intangibles but excluding amortization of prepaid cash
expenses that were paid in a prior period), and other non-cash charges or expenses (including impairment charges and other write-offs of intangible assets and goodwill but excluding any such non-cash charge or expense to the extent that it
represents an accrual of or reserve for cash expenses in any future period or amortization of a prepaid cash expense that was paid in a prior period) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period to the extent that such
depreciation, amortization and other non-cash charges or expenses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; minus 

(6) non-cash items increasing such Consolidated Net Income for such period, other than the accrual of revenue in the ordinary
course of business, in each case, on a consolidated basis and determined in accordance with GAAP. 
 Notwithstanding the preceding, the
provision for taxes based on the income or profits of, and the depreciation and amortization and other non-cash expenses of, a Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent (other than any Note Guarantor) will be added to Consolidated Net Income to compute
Consolidated Cash Flow of the Parent only to the extent that a corresponding amount would be permitted at the date of determination to be dividended to the Parent by such Restricted Subsidiary without prior governmental approval (that has not been
obtained), and without direct or indirect restriction pursuant to the terms of its charter and all agreements, instruments, judgments, decrees, orders, statutes, rules and governmental regulations applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its
stockholders. 

  
 -8- 








 “Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any specified Person for
any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that: 

(1) the Net Income (but not loss) of any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity
method of accounting will be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions paid in cash to the specified Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Person; 

(2) the Net Income of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Note Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary that will become a
Note Guarantor on the Assumption Date) will be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of that Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any
prior governmental approval (that has not been obtained or cannot be obtained other than pursuant to customary filings) or, directly or indirectly, by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order,
statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders; 
 (3) the cumulative
effect of a change in accounting principles will be excluded; 
 (4) any unrealized net gain or loss resulting in such period
from Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments will be excluded; 
 (5) any expense or charge attributable to the
disposition of discontinued operations will be excluded; 
 (6) non-cash goodwill or asset impairment charge and any non-cash
compensation expense recorded from grants of stock, stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights to officers, directors, employees or consultants of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries will be
excluded; 
 (7) any amortization expense incurred during such period with respect to products acquired by the Parent or any
of its Subsidiaries that are used or useful in a Permitted Business will be excluded; 
 (8) any gain or loss, together with
any related provision for taxes on such gain or loss, realized in connection with: (a) any Asset Sale; or (b) the disposition of any securities by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or the extinguishment of any Indebtedness
of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries will be excluded; 
 (9) any extraordinary, nonrecurring or unusual gain
or loss, together with any related provision for taxes on such extraordinary, nonrecurring or unusual gain or loss will be excluded; and 

(10) to the extent covered by insurance and actually reimbursed, or, so long as the Parent has made a determination that there
exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is (a) not denied by the applicable carrier in writing within 90 days and (b) in fact reimbursed within 365 days
of the date 

  
 -9- 








 
of such evidence (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within 365 days), expenses with respect to liability or casualty events or business interruption;
provided that (x) if net income is increased as a result of any amounts received from an insurer in respect of such a liability, casualty event or business interruption and the right to be so reimbursed was used in a prior period to increase
Consolidated Net Income pursuant to this clause (10), such amounts received shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income and (y) to the extent the actual reimbursement received is less than the expected reimbursement amount excluded in a
prior period pursuant to this clause (10), Consolidated Net Income shall be reduced by the difference in the period in which such lower actual reimbursement amounts are received or in which a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction is
made that the Parent is entitled to no reimbursement. 
 “Consolidated Total Assets” means, as of any date of
determination, the total assets shown on the consolidated quarterly or annual balance sheet of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the most recent date for which such a quarterly or annual balance sheet is available, determined on a
consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (and in the case of any determination relating to any incurrence of Indebtedness or Investment, on a pro forma basis). In addition, “Consolidated Total Assets” will be calculated in a manner
consistent with the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” to give effect to transactions that occurred after the date of the most recent quarterly or annual balance sheet date. 

“Corporate Trust Office” means the designated office of the Trustee at which at any particular time its corporate
trust business shall be administered which office at the date of the execution of this Indenture is located at 700 South Flower Street, Suite 500, Los Angeles, California 90017, Attention: Corporate Trust Administration or at any other time at such
other address as the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Company. 
 “Credit Agreement” means
the Third Amended and Restated Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of February 13, 2012, as amended by Amendment No. 1, dated as of March 6, 2012, by Amendment No. 2, dated as of September 10, 2012, by Amendment
No. 3, dated as of January 24, 2013, by Amendment No. 4, dated as of February 21, 2013, by Amendment No. 5, dated as of June 6, 2013, by Amendment No. 6, dated as of June 26, 2013, by Amendment No. 7,
dated as of September 17, 2013, by Amendment No. 8, dated as of December 20, 2013, by the Successor Agent Agreement, Amendment No. 9, dated as of January 8, 2015 and by Amendment No. 10, dated as of March 5, 2015,
by the Joinder Agreement, dated as of June 14, 2012, by the Joinder Agreement, dated as of July 9, 2012, by the Joinder Agreement, dated as of September 11, 2012, by the Joinder Agreement, dated as of October 2, 2012, by the
Joinder Agreement, dated as of December 11, 2012, by the Joinder Agreements, each dated as of August 5, 2013, by the Joinder Agreements, each dated as of February 6, 2014 and by the Joinder Agreements, each dated as of
January 22, 2015 (as it may be amended, restated, replaced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time), among the Parent, certain subsidiaries of the Parent, as guarantors, the lenders party thereto from time to time, Goldman Sachs
Lending Partners LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as co-syndication agents, JPMorgan Chase
Bank, N.A., as issuing bank, Barclays Bank PLC (as successor to Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC), as administrative agent and collateral agent, as amended, supplemented, restated and otherwise modified, together with the related documents thereto
(including any guarantees and security documents). 
 “Credit Facilities” means the facilities under the Credit
Agreement and one or more other debt facilities, credit agreements, commercial paper facilities, indentures or other agreements incurred after the Issue Date, in each case with banks, institutional lenders, purchasers, investors, trustees or agents
providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing (including through the sale of  

  
 -10- 








 
receivables to such lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders against such receivables), letters of credit or other extensions of credit or other Indebtedness, in
each case including any notes, mortgages, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and in each case as amended, extended, renewed, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified (in whole or in
part, and without limitation as to amount, terms, conditions, covenants and other provisions) from time to time, and any agreement or instrument (and related documents) governing Indebtedness incurred to refinance or replace, in whole or in part,
the borrowings and commitments then outstanding or permitted to be outstanding under such facilities or a successor facility, whether by the same or any other bank, institutional lender, purchaser, investor, trustee or agent or group thereof. 

“Custodian” means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, sequestrator, receiver-manager, custodian,
administrative receiver, administrator or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law. 
 “Default” means any
event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default. 

“Definitive Notes” means Notes that are in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A-1, Exhibit A-2, Exhibit
A-3 or Exhibit A-4, as applicable, and that do not include the information to which footnotes 1, 5, 6 and 8 thereof apply. 

“Depositary” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, DTC, with respect to the
Dollar Notes, or the Common Depositary, with respect to the Euro Notes, in each case including any and all successors thereto appointed as depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture. 

“Designated Noncash Consideration” means noncash consideration received by the Parent or one of its Restricted
Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale that is designated by the Parent as Designated Noncash Consideration, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of such Designated Noncash Consideration,
which cash and Cash Equivalents shall be considered Net Proceeds received as of such date and shall be applied pursuant to Section 4.14. 

“Disqualified Stock” means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is
convertible, or for which it is exchangeable, in each case at the option of the holder thereof), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at the
option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the date on which the applicable series of Notes mature. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified
Stock solely because the holders of the Capital Stock have the right to require the Parent to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control or an asset sale will not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such
Capital Stock provide that the Parent may not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions unless such repurchase or redemption complies with Section 4.8 hereof 

“Dollar Equivalent” of any amount means, at the time of determination thereof, 

(1) if such amount is expressed in U.S. dollars, such amount, or 

(2) if such amount is expressed in any other currency, the equivalent of such amount in U.S. dollars determined by using the
rate of exchange quoted by Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. in New York, New York at 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date of determination (or, if 

  
 -11- 








 
such date is not a Business Day, the last Business Day prior thereto) to prime banks in New York for the spot purchase in the New York currency exchange market of such amount of U.S. dollars with
such currency. 
 “Dollar Global Notes” means the 2020 Global Note, 2023 Global Note and 2025 Global Notes. 

“Dollar Notes” means the 2020 Notes, 2023 Notes and 2025 Notes. 

“Dollar Regulation S Global Notes” means the 2020 Regulation S Global Note, 2023 Regulation S Global Note and 2025 Regulation
S Global Note. 
 “Domestic Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that was formed under the laws of the United
States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia. 
 “EMU” means the economic and monetary union as
contemplated in the Treaty on European Union. 
 “Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or
other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock). 

“Equity Offering” means a public or private offering of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock). 

“Escrow Agent” means Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as escrow agent under the Escrow Agreement or any successor
escrow agent as set forth in the Escrow Agreement. 
 “Escrow Agreement” means the Escrow and Security
Agreement, dated as of the Issue Date, among the Escrow Agent, the Company, and the Trustee. 
 “Escrowed
Property” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in the Escrow Agreement. 
 “Escrow Release” shall
have the meaning assigned thereto in the Escrow Agreement. 
 “€” or “euro” means the
single currency of participating member states of the EMU. 
 “Euro Global Note” means a Global Note substantially
in the form of Exhibit A-4 hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee that will initially be issued in a denomination
equal to the principal amount of the Euro Notes sold in reliance on Rule 144A. 
 “Euro Regulation S Global Note” means a
Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A-4 hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee that will initially be
issued in a denomination equal to the principal amount of the Euro Notes sold in reliance on Regulation S. 
 “Euroclear”
means Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V.. 
 “Euro Notes” means any of the Company’s euro denominated 4.50% Senior Notes due
2023, as amended or supplemented from time to time, that are issued under this Indenture. 

  
 -12- 








 “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and
the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as in effect from time to time. 
 “Existing Indebtedness”
means Indebtedness of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness incurred under Section 4.9(b)(i) or (xx) hereof) in existence on the date of this Indenture, until such amounts are repaid. 

“Fair Market Value” means the price that could be negotiated in an arm’s-length transaction, for cash, between a
willing seller and a willing and able buyer, neither of whom is under undue pressure or compulsion to complete the transaction, determined in good faith by (i) a responsible financial officer or accounting officer of the Parent with respect to
valuations not in excess of $750.0 million and (ii) the Board of Directors of the Parent with respect to valuations equal to or in excess of $750.0 million, as applicable. 

“Fall Away Event” means, with respect to a series of Notes, such time as the Notes of such series shall have an
Investment Grade Rating and the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate certifying that the foregoing condition has been satisfied. 

“Final Maturity Date” means March 15, 2020, with respect to the 2020 Notes, May 15, 2023, with respect to
the 2023 Notes, May 15, 2023, with respect to the Euro Notes, and April 15, 2025, with respect to the 2025 Notes. 

“Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the ratio of the
Consolidated Cash Flow of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the event that the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurs, assumes, Guarantees, repays, repurchases or redeems any
Indebtedness (other than ordinary working capital borrowings) or issues, repurchases or redeems preferred stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated and on or prior to the date on
which the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “Calculation Date”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio will be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption,
Guarantee, repayment, repurchase or redemption of Indebtedness, or such issuance, repurchase or redemption of preferred stock, and the use of the proceeds therefrom as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter
reference period. 
 To the extent the Company elects pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee to treat all
or any portion of the commitment under any Indebtedness as being incurred prior to the actual incurrence thereof pursuant to Section 4.9(e) hereof, the Company shall deem all or such portion of such commitment of such Indebtedness, as
applicable, as having been incurred and to be outstanding for purposes of calculating the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for any period in which the Company makes any such election and for any subsequent period until such commitments or such
Indebtedness, as applicable, are no longer outstanding. 
 In addition, for purposes of calculating the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio: 

(1) acquisitions that have been made by the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including through
consolidations or mergers and including any related financing transactions, during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to the Calculation Date will be given pro forma effect as if they had
occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period and Consolidated Cash Flow for such reference period will be calculated (x) on a pro forma basis in accordance with Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC and, in addition,
(y) to give effect to any Pro Forma Cost Savings; 

  
 -13- 








 (2) the Consolidated Cash Flow attributable to discontinued operations, as
determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, will be excluded; and 

(3) the Fixed Charges attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or
businesses disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, will be excluded, but only to the extent that the obligations giving rise to such Fixed Charges will not be obligations of the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries following the
Calculation Date. 
 “Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the sum, without
duplication, of: 
 (1) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for
such period, whether paid or accrued, including, without limitation, amortization of debt issuance costs and original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest component of any deferred payment obligations, the interest component of
all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, imputed interest with respect to Attributable Debt, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance financings, and net of
the effect of all payments made or received pursuant to Interest Rate Hedging Obligations; plus 
 (2) the
consolidated interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries that was capitalized during such period; plus 

(3) any interest expense on Indebtedness of another Person that is Guaranteed by such Person or one of its Restricted
Subsidiaries or secured by a Lien on assets of such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries; plus 
 (4)
all dividends, whether paid or accrued and whether or not in cash, on any Disqualified Stock or any series of preferred stock of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than dividends on Equity Interests payable solely in Equity
Interests of the Parent (other than Disqualified Stock) or to the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent, in each case, on a consolidated basis and determined in accordance with GAAP; minus 

(5) the consolidated interest income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period; minus 

(6) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses and expensing of any financing
fees. 
 “Foreign Subsidiary” means a Restricted Subsidiary that is not organized or existing under the laws of the
United States of America or any state or territory thereof or the District of Columbia or is a Restricted Subsidiary of such Foreign Subsidiary.  

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting
Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as have been approved by a significant segment
of the accounting profession, as in effect on January 30, 2015. 

  
 -14- 








 “Global Exchange Market” means the global exchange market of the Irish Stock
Exchange which is a multilateral trading facility (as defined in European Directive 2004/39/EC on markets in financial instruments). 

“Global Note Legend” means the legend set forth in Exhibit A-1, Exhibit A-2, Exhibit A-3 and Exhibit A-4, as applicable,
hereof, which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture. 
 “Global Notes” means
individually and collectively, each of the Dollar Global Notes, Dollar Regulation S Global Notes, Euro Global Notes and Euro Regulation S Global Notes that are substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A-1, Exhibit A-2, Exhibit A-3 and
Exhibit A-4, as applicable, and that include the information called for by footnotes 1, 5, 6 and 8 thereof, and which are deposited with the Depositary or its custodian and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee. 

“Government Securities” means, as applicable, (i) direct non-callable obligations of, or guaranteed by, the
United States of America for the timely payment of which guarantee or obligations the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged and (ii) direct non-callable obligations of, or guaranteed by, a member state of the European Union for
the timely payment of which guarantee or obligations the full faith and credit of the government of such member state is pledged.  

“Guarantee” means a guarantee other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary
course of business, direct or indirect, in any manner including, without limitation, by way of a pledge of assets or through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof, of all or any part of any Indebtedness. 

“Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any specified Person: 

(1) Interest Rate Hedging Obligations; and 

(2) the obligations of such Person under agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in
currency exchange rates. 
 “Holder” or “Noteholder” means the Person in whose name a Note is
registered on the Registrar’s books. 
 “Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person, any
indebtedness of such Person, whether or not contingent (without duplication): 
 (1) in respect of borrowed money;

 (2) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit (or reimbursement agreements in
respect thereof); 
 (3) in respect of banker’s acceptances; 

(4) representing Capital Lease Obligations or Attributable Debt in respect of sale and leaseback transactions; 

(5) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property, except any such balance that
constitutes an accrued expense or trade payable; or 
 (6) representing net payment obligations under any Hedging
Obligations, 

  
 -15- 








 if and to the extent any of the preceding items (other than letters of credit, Attributable Debt and Hedging
Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of the specified Person prepared in accordance with GAAP. In addition, the term “Indebtedness” includes (x) all Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on any asset of the
specified Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by the specified Person), the amount of such obligation being deemed to be the lesser of the Fair Market Value of such asset and the amount of the obligation so secured and (y) to
the extent not otherwise included, the Guarantee by the specified Person of any Indebtedness of any other Person. 
 Notwithstanding
the foregoing, in connection with the purchase by a Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any business, the term “Indebtedness” will exclude indemnification or post-closing payment adjustments or earn-out or similar obligations
to which the seller may become entitled to the extent such payment is determined by a final closing balance sheet, working capital calculation or other similar method or such payment depends on the performance of such business after the closing;
provided, however, that, at the time of closing, the amount of any such payment is not determinable or is of a contingent nature and, to the extent such payment thereafter becomes fixed and finally determined, the amount is paid within
60 days thereafter. 
 The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date will be: 

(1) the accreted value of the Indebtedness, in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount; and 

(2) the principal amount of the Indebtedness, together with any interest on the Indebtedness that is more than 30 days past
due, in the case of any other Indebtedness. 
 “Indenture” means this Indenture as amended or supplemented from time
to time pursuant to the terms of this Indenture. 
 “Initial 2020 Notes” means the $2,000,000,000 aggregate
principal amount of 2020 Notes issued on the date hereof. 
 “Initial 2023 Notes” means the $3,250,000,000
aggregate principal amount of 2023 Notes issued on the date hereof. 
 “Initial 2025 Notes” means the
$3,250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 2025 Notes issued on the date hereof. 
 “Initial Dollar Notes”
means the Initial 2020 notes, the Initial 2023 Notes and the Initial 2025 Notes. 
 “Initial Euro Notes”
means the €1,500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Euro Notes issued on the date hereof. 
 “Initial
Notes” means the Initial Dollar Notes and the Initial Euro Notes. 

  
 -16- 








 “Interest Rate Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any specified
Person, the obligations of such Person under: 
 (1) interest rate swap agreements, interest rate cap agreements and
interest rate collar agreements; and 
 (2) other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against
fluctuations in interest rates. 
 “Investment Grade Rating” means a rating of Baa3 or better by Moody’s
or BBB- or better by S&P (or its equivalent under any successor rating categories of Moody’s or S&P) (or, in each case, if such Rating Agency ceases to rate the applicable series of Notes for reasons outside of the control of the
Company, the equivalent investment grade credit rating from any Rating Agency selected by the Company as a replacement Rating Agency). 

“Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all direct or indirect investments by such Person in other Persons
(including Affiliates) in the forms of loans (including Guarantees or other obligations), advances or capital contributions (excluding commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees made in the ordinary course of business),
purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities, together with all items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP. If (i) the
Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no
longer a Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent or (ii) a Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent is redesignated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the Parent will be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale, disposition or
redesignation equal to the Fair Market Value of the Parent’s Investments in such Subsidiary that were not sold or disposed of in an amount determined as provided in Section 4.8(c) hereof. For the avoidance of doubt, acquisitions of or
licenses for products or assets used or useful in a Permitted Business do not constitute Investments. 
 “Issue
Date” means March 27, 2015, the date of the initial issuance of the Notes under this Indenture.  

“Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge (fixed and/or floating), security interest
or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other
agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction. 

“Merger Agreement” means the Agreement and Plan of Merger dated February 20, 2015 among the Parent, Valeant, Sun
Merger Sub, Inc. and Salix Pharmaceuticals, Ltd. (together with all exhibits and schedules thereto), as the same may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time prior to the Assumption Date. 

 “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., or any successor to the rating agency business
thereof. 
 “Net Income” means, with respect to any specified Person, the net income (loss) of such Person,
determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of preferred stock dividends. 
 “Net
Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale (including, without limitation, any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any non-cash
consideration received in any Asset Sale), net of the direct costs relating 

  
 -17- 








 
to such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and sales commissions, and any relocation expenses incurred as a result of the Asset Sale, taxes
paid or payable as a result of the Asset Sale, in each case, after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements, and amounts required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness, other than
Indebtedness under a Credit Facility, secured by a Lien on the asset or assets that were the subject of such Asset Sale and any reserve for adjustment in respect of the sale price of such asset or assets established in accordance with GAAP. 

“Non-Recourse Debt” means Indebtedness: 

(1) as to which none of the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) provides credit support of any kind
(including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness), (b) is directly or indirectly liable as a guarantor or otherwise, or (c) constitutes the lender; 

(2) no default with respect to which (including any rights that the holders of the Indebtedness may have to take enforcement
action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit upon notice, lapse of time or both any holder of any other Indebtedness (other than the Notes) of the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to declare a default on such other
Indebtedness or cause the payment of the Indebtedness to be accelerated or payable prior to its stated maturity; and 
 (3)
as to which the lenders have been notified in writing that they will not have any recourse to the stock or assets of the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. 

“Non-U.S. Person” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person. 

“Notes” means the 2020 Notes, 2023 Notes, Euro Notes and 2025 Notes (each, a “Note”), as amended or
supplemented from time to time, that are issued under this Indenture. 
 “Notes Custodian” means the Trustee, as custodian
with respect to the Notes in global form, or any successor thereto. 
 “Note Guarantee” means each Guarantee of the
obligations with respect to the Notes issued by a Subsidiary of the Parent pursuant to the terms of this Indenture. 
 “Note
Guarantor” means each Subsidiary of the Parent that becomes a guarantor of the Notes pursuant to the terms of this Indenture. 

“Obligations” means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities
payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness. 
 “Offering Memorandum” means the Offering Memorandum dated
March 13, 2015, with respect to the Notes. 
 “Officer” means the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer,
the President, any Vice President, the Chief Financial Officer, the Controller, Treasurer, the Secretary or any Assistant Controller, Assistant Treasurer or Assistant Secretary of the Company. 

“Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed by two Officers; provided, however, that for purposes
of Section 4.4 hereof, “Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed by the principal executive officer, principal financial officer or principal accounting officer of the Company and by one other Officer. 

  
 -18- 








 “Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel
reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company. 
 “Outside Date”
means August 20, 2015. 
 “Parent” means Valeant Pharmaceuticals International, Inc., a corporation continued
under the British Columbia Corporations Act, and its successors.  
 “Participant” means, a member of, or
participant or account holder in, DTC, Euroclear and/or Clearstream. 
 “Permitted Asset Swap” means the substantially
concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of assets used or useful in a Permitted Business or a combination of such assets and cash or Cash Equivalents between the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person; provided that
any cash or Cash Equivalents received must be applied in accordance with Section 4.14 of this Indenture. 
 “Permitted
Business” means any business conducted by the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date and any business that is in the judgment of the Parent reasonably related, ancillary or complementary to the business of the Parent and
its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date or a natural extension thereof. 
 “Permitted Investments” means: 

(1) any Investment in the Parent or in a Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent; 

(2) any Investment in cash and Cash Equivalents; 

(3) any Investment by the Parent or any Subsidiary of the Parent in a Person, if as a result of such Investment: 

(a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent; or 

(b) such Person is merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is
liquidated into, the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent; 
 and, in each case, any Investment held by such Person; provided that
such Investment was not acquired by such Person in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, consolidation, transfer, conveyance or liquidation; 

(4) any Investment made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from an Asset Sale that was made pursuant to and
in compliance with Section 4.14 hereof; 
 (5) any Investments made solely in exchange for the issuance of Equity
Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Parent; 
 (6) (i) any Investments received in compromise of obligations
owed to the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries created in the ordinary course of business, including pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of any trade


  
 -19- 








 
creditor or customer or in satisfaction of judgments and (ii) Investments by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a Securitization Special Purpose Entity or any Investment by
a Securitization Special Purpose Entity in any other Person, in each case, in connection with a Qualified Securitization Transaction; 

(7) receivables owing to the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent if created or acquired in the ordinary course of
business and payable or dischargeable in accordance with customary trade terms (which trade terms may include such concessionary trade terms as the Parent or any such Restricted Subsidiary deems reasonable under the circumstances), and other
Investments to the extent such Investments consist of prepaid expenses, negotiable instruments held for collection and lease, utility and workers’ compensation, performance and other similar deposits made in the ordinary course of business by
the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (8) Investments represented by Hedging Obligations; 

(9) Investments in existence on the date of this Indenture and any extension, modification or renewal of any such Investments,
but only to the extent such extension, modification or renewal does not involve additional advances, contributions or other Investments of cash or other assets or other increases thereof (other than as a result of the accrual or accretion of
interest or original issue discount or the issuance of pay-in-kind securities, in each case, pursuant to the terms of such Investment as in effect on the date of this Indenture); 

(10) payroll, travel and similar advances to cover matters that are expected at the time of such advances ultimately to be
treated as expenses for accounting purposes and that are made in the ordinary course of business; 
 (11) loans and advances
to officers, directors and employees in the ordinary course of business in the aggregate amount outstanding at any one time not to exceed $25.0 million; 

(12) Investments in a Permitted Joint Venture or Unrestricted Subsidiary, when taken together with all other Investments made
pursuant to this clause (12) that are at the time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $675.0 million and (y) 2.5% of Consolidated Total Assets; and 

(13) other Investments in any Person having an aggregate Fair Market Value (measured on the date each such Investment was made
and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (13) that are at the time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $2.0 billion and (y) 7.5%
of Consolidated Total Assets. 
 “Permitted Joint Venture” means any joint venture (which may be in the form of a limited
liability company, partnership, corporation or other entity) in which the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is a joint venturer; provided, however, that the joint venture is engaged solely in a Permitted Business. 

“Permitted Liens” means: 

(1) Liens securing Indebtedness and other Obligations under Credit Facilities that were permitted by the terms of this
Indenture to be incurred under Section 4.9(b)(i) hereof; 

  
 -20- 








 (2) Liens in favor of the Company, the Parent or any Note Guarantor (or any
Restricted Subsidiary that will become a Note Guarantor on the Assumption Date); 
 (3) Liens on property of a Person
existing at the time such Person is merged with or into or consolidated with or is acquired by the Parent or any Subsidiary of the Parent; provided, that such Liens were not incurred in contemplation of such merger, consolidation or acquisition and
do not extend to any assets other than those of the Person merged into, consolidated with or acquired by the Parent or the Subsidiary; 

(4) Liens on property existing at the time of acquisition of the property by the Parent or any Subsidiary of the Parent,
provided, that such Liens were not incurred in contemplation of such acquisition; 
 (5) Liens to secure the
performance of statutory obligations, surety or appeal bonds, performance bonds or other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business; 

(6) Liens to secure Indebtedness (including Capital Lease Obligations) permitted by Section 4.9(b)(iv) or
Section 4.9(b)(v) hereof, covering only the assets acquired with such Indebtedness (and improvements or accessions thereto); 

(7) Liens existing on the date of this Indenture; 

(8) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims that are not yet delinquent or that are being contested in
good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently concluded, provided, that any reserve or other appropriate provision as is required in conformity with GAAP has been made therefor; 

(9) (i) Liens securing Hedging Obligations and (ii) Liens existing under or by reason of Indebtedness or other contractual
requirements of a Securitization Special Purpose Entity or any Standard Securitization Undertaking, in each case in respect of this subclause (ii) in connection with a Qualified Securitization Transaction; 

(10) Liens arising by reason of deposits necessary to obtain standby letters of credit in the ordinary course of business; 

(11) Liens to secure any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under this Indenture; provided,
however, that: 
 (a) the new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property and assets that secured or,
under the written agreements pursuant to which the original Lien arose, could secure the original Lien (plus improvements and accessions to, such property or proceeds or distributions thereof); and 

(b) the Indebtedness secured by the new Lien is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (x) the outstanding
principal amount or, if greater, committed amount, of the Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness and (y) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or
replacement; 

  
 -21- 








 (12) Liens of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent with respect
to obligations that do not exceed the greater of (x) $275.0 million and (y) 1.0% of Consolidated Total Assets at any one time outstanding; 

(13) survey title exceptions, title defects, encumbrances, easements, reservations of, or rights of others for, rights of way,
sewers, electric lines, telegraph or telephone lines and other similar purposes or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real property not materially interfering with the business of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a
whole; 
 (14) Liens arising by operation of law in favor of landlords, mechanics, carriers, warehousemen, materialmen,
laborers, employees, suppliers or the like, incurred in the ordinary course of business for sums which are not yet delinquent or are being contested in good faith by negotiations or by appropriate proceedings which suspend the collection thereof;

 (15) Liens arising out of judgments, decrees, orders or awards in respect of which the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary
of the Parent shall in good faith be prosecuting an appeal or proceedings for review which appeal or proceedings shall not have been finally terminated, or if the period within which such appeal or proceedings may be initiated shall not have
expired; 
 (16) with respect to each series of Notes, Liens securing the Notes of such series and the Note Guarantees with
respect thereto; 
 (17) Liens securing one or more local working capital facilities of Foreign Subsidiaries, so long as such
Liens do not extend to the assets of any Person other than such foreign Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (18) Liens on assets of
Foreign Subsidiaries securing Indebtedness incurred by Foreign Subsidiaries pursuant to Section 4.9(b)(xiii) hereof; 

(19) Liens imposed pursuant to licenses, sublicenses, leases and subleases which do not materially interfere with the ordinary
conduct of the business of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole; 
 (20) Liens incurred to secure cash
management services in the ordinary course of business; 
 (21) customary restrictions on, or options, contracts or other
agreements for, transfers of assets contained in agreements related to any sale of assets pending such sale; provided that such restrictions apply only to the assets to be sold and such sale is otherwise permitted by this Indenture; 

(22) Liens securing obligations to the Trustee arising under this Indenture and similar Liens in favor of trustees, agents and
representatives arising under instruments governing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under this Indenture; 
 (23) Liens
on trusts, cash or Cash Equivalents or other funds in connection with the defeasance (whether by covenant or legal defeasance), discharge or redemption of Indebtedness, pending consummation of a strategic transaction, or similar obligations;
provided that such defeasance, discharge or redemption is otherwise permitted by this Indenture; 

  
 -22- 








 (24) Liens to secure any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to
Section 4.9, provided that, in the case of this clause (24), at the time of its incurrence and after giving pro forma effect thereto, the Secured Leverage Ratio would be no greater than 3.50 to 1.0; and 

(25) Liens on Escrowed Property in favor of the Escrow Agent for the benefit of Holders of the Notes. 

In the event that a Permitted Lien meets the criteria of more than one of the types of Permitted Liens (at the time of
incurrence or at a later date), the Parent in its sole discretion may divide, classify or from time to time reclassify all or any portion of such Permitted Lien in any manner that complies with this definition and such Permitted Lien shall be
treated as having been made pursuant only to the clause or clauses of the definition of Permitted Lien to which such Permitted Lien has been classified or reclassified. 

“Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued in
exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease or refund other Indebtedness of the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than intercompany Indebtedness); provided, that: 

(1) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the
principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded (plus all accrued interest on the Indebtedness and the amount of all expenses and premiums incurred in connection
therewith); 
 (2) such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date later than the final maturity date of,
and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded; 

(3) if the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded is subordinated in right of payment
to the Notes, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date later than the final maturity date of, and is subordinated in right of payment to, the Notes on terms at least as favorable to the Holders of Notes as those contained in
the documentation governing the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded; and 
 (4)
if the Indebtedness being refinanced is Indebtedness of the Parent or a Note Guarantor, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is also Indebtedness of the Parent or a Note Guarantor. 

“Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust,
unincorporated organization, limited liability company or government or other entity. 
 “Principal” or
“principal” of a debt security, including the Notes, means the principal of the security plus, when appropriate, the premium, if any, on the security. 

“Pro Forma Cost Savings” means, without duplication, with respect to any period, the reductions in costs and other operating
improvements or operating synergies with respect to an acquisition that are reasonably identifiable, factually supportable, reasonably attributable to the action specified and reasonably anticipated to result from such actions; provided that
the relevant actions have been taken or 

  
 -23- 








 
initiated and the benefits resulting therefrom are anticipated to be realized within 18 months of the date of such acquisition (including, for the avoidance of doubt, actions that will be taken
or initiated so long as the benefits resulting therefrom are anticipated to be realized within 18 months of the date of such acquisition), as if all such reductions in costs and other operating improvements or operating synergies had been effected
as of the beginning of such period, decreased by any recurring incremental expenses incurred or to be incurred during such four-quarter period in order to achieve such reduction in costs. Pro Forma Cost Savings described in the preceding sentence
shall be calculated in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Parent and shall be accompanied by a certificate delivered to the Trustee from the Parent’s chief financial officer that generally outlines the specific
actions taken or expected to be taken and the net cost reductions and other operating improvements or operating synergies achieved or expected to be achieved from each such action and certifies that such cost reductions and other operating
improvements or synergies meet the criteria set forth in the preceding sentence. 
 “Qualified Securitization Transaction”
means any transaction or series of transactions that may be entered into by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to which the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary may sell, convey, grant a security interest in or otherwise
transfer to a Securitization Special Purpose Entity, and such Securitization Special Purpose Entity may sell, convey, grant a security interest in or otherwise transfer to any other Person, any Securitization Program Assets (whether now existing or
arising in the future). 
 “Rating Agency” means (1) each of Moody’s and S&P and (2) if Moody’s or
S&P ceases to rate the Notes for reasons outside of the control of the Company, a nationally recognized statistical rating organization under the Exchange Act selected by the Company as a replacement agency for Moody’s or S&P, as the
case may be. 
 “Redemption Date” or “redemption date” means the date specified for redemption of the
Notes in accordance with the terms thereof and this Indenture. 
 “Regulation S” means Regulation S under the Securities
Act or any successor to such regulation. 
 “Regulation S Global Note” means a 2020 Regulation S Global Note, 2023
Regulation S Global Note, 2025 Regulation S Global Note and Euro Regulation S Global Note in substantially the form of Exhibit A-1, Exhibit A-2, Exhibit A-3 or Exhibit A-4, as applicable, hereto that includes the information called for by footnotes
1, 5, 6 and 8 thereof and that is deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, transferred pursuant to Regulation S. 

“Restricted Definitive Note” means a Definitive Note that is a Restricted Note. 

“Restricted Global Note” means a permanent Global Note that is substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1, Exhibit A-2, Exhibit
A-3 or Exhibit A-4, as applicable, attached hereto that bears the Global Note Legend and that has the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto, and that is deposited with or on behalf of and registered in
the name of the Depositary or a nominee of the Depositary, representing Notes that bear the Legend. 
 “Restricted
Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment. 
 “Restricted Note” means a Note required to
bear the restricted legend set forth in the form of Notes set forth in Exhibit A-1, Exhibit A-2, Exhibit A-3 or Exhibit A-4, as applicable, of this Indenture. 

  
 -24- 








 “Restricted Subsidiary” of a Person means any Subsidiary of the referent Person
that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary. For the avoidance of doubt, Valeant shall at all times be considered a Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent. 

“Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act or any successor to such rule. 

“Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act or any successor to such rule. 

“Rule 903” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Rule 904” means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, Inc., or any successor to the rating agency business thereof.

 “SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. 

“Secured Leverage Ratio” means the ratio of (i) Total Consolidated Indebtedness of the Parent and its Restricted
Subsidiaries that is secured by a Lien on assets of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries, after giving effect to all incurrences and repayments of Indebtedness on the relevant transaction date (net of unrestricted and unencumbered cash and
Cash Equivalents of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date), provided that in the event the Parent proposes to incur Indebtedness pursuant to clauses (i) and (xx) of Section 4.9(b) on the same day, Indebtedness
incurred under clause (i) on that date shall not be included in the calculation of the Secured Leverage Ratio for purposes of the calculation to be made pursuant to such clause (xx) on such date or clause (xxiv) of the definition of
“Permitted Liens” on such date (but shall, for the avoidance of doubt, be included in any and all subsequent calculations of the Secured Leverage Ratio to the extent then outstanding and secured) to (ii) Consolidated Cash Flow of the
Parent for the most recent four consecutive full fiscal quarters for which financial statements are available ending on or prior to the transaction date. In addition, the “Secured Leverage Ratio” will be calculated in a manner consistent
with the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” to give effect to transactions that would require pro forma adjustments to such ratio. 

To the extent the Company elects pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee to treat all or any portion of the
commitment under any Indebtedness as being incurred prior to the actual incurrence thereof pursuant to Section 4.9(e) hereof, the Company shall deem all or such portion of such commitment of such Indebtedness, as applicable, as having been
incurred and to be outstanding for purposes of calculating the Secured Leverage Ratio for any period in which the Company makes any such election and for any subsequent period until such commitments or such Indebtedness, as applicable, are no longer
outstanding. 
 “Securities Act” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations
promulgated thereunder, as in effect from time to time. 
 “Securitization Program Assets” means (i) all receivables
customarily transferred in connection with asset securitization transactions by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to documents relating to any Qualified Securitization Transaction, (ii) all rights arising under the
documentation governing or related to receivables (including rights in respect of Liens securing such receivables and other credit support in respect of such receivables), any proceeds of such receivables and any lockboxes or accounts in which such
proceeds are deposited, spread accounts and other similar accounts (and any amounts on deposit therein) established in connection with a Qualified Securitization 

  
 -25- 








 
Transaction, any warranty, indemnity, dilution and other intercompany claim arising out of the documents relating to such Qualified Securitization Transaction and other assets which are
customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with asset securitizations involving accounts receivable and (iii) all collections (including recoveries) and other proceeds of the assets
described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii). 
 “Securitization Special Purpose Entity” means a Person (including,
without limitation, a Restricted Subsidiary) created in connection with the transactions contemplated by a Qualified Securitization Transaction, which Person engages in no activities and holds no assets other than those incidental to such Qualified
Securitization Transaction. 
 “Significant Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that would be a “significant
subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated by the SEC, as such regulation is in effect on the date hereof. 

“Standard Securitization Undertakings” means all representations, warranties, covenants, indemnities, performance guarantees
and servicing obligations entered into by the Parent or any Subsidiary (other than a Securitization Special Purpose Entity) which are customary in connection with any Qualified Securitization Transaction. 

“Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on
which the payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the original documentation governing such Indebtedness, and will not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the
date originally scheduled for the payment thereof. 
 “Subsidiary” means, with respect to any specified Person: 

(1) any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital
Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees of the corporation, association or other business entity is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by
that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and 
 (2) any partnership
(a) the sole general partner or the managing general partner of which is such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person or (b) the only general partners of which are that Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that Person (or any combination
thereof). 
 “Tender Offer” means the tender offer by a wholly owned subsidiary of the Parent for the outstanding shares of
common stock of Salix Pharmaceuticals, Ltd. as described in the Offering Memorandum. 
 “TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act
of 1939, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder as in effect on the date of this Indenture, except to the extent any amendment to the Trust Indenture Act expressly provides for application of the Trust Indenture Act as in effect on
another date. 
 “Total Consolidated Indebtedness” means Indebtedness consisting of Indebtedness for borrowed money,
Capitalized Lease Obligations, letters of credit (only to the extent of any unreimbursed drawings thereunder), debt obligations evidenced by promissory notes and similar instruments and Guarantees in respect of any of the foregoing. 

  
 -26- 








 “Total Leverage Ratio” means the ratio of (i) Total Consolidated
Indebtedness of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries, after giving effect to all incurrences and repayments of Indebtedness on the transaction date (net of unrestricted and unencumbered cash and Cash Equivalents of the Parent and its
Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date), to (ii) Consolidated Cash Flow of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recent four consecutive full fiscal quarters for which financial statements are available ending on or prior to
the transaction date. In addition, the “Total Leverage Ratio” will be calculated in a manner consistent with the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” to give effect to the transactions that would require pro forma
adjustments to such ratio.  
 To the extent the Company elects pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee to
treat all or any portion of the commitment under any Indebtedness as being incurred prior to the actual incurrence thereof pursuant to Section 4.9(e) hereof, the Company shall deem all or such portion of such commitment of such Indebtedness, as
applicable, as having been incurred and to be outstanding for purposes of calculating the Total Leverage Ratio for any period in which the Company makes any such election and for any subsequent period until such commitments or such Indebtedness, as
applicable, are no longer outstanding. 
 “Treasury Rate” means the rate per annum equal to the yield to maturity at the
time of computation of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity most nearly equal to the period from such date of redemption to March 15, 2017 (in the case of the 2020 Notes), May 15, 2018 (in the case of the 2023 Notes)
and April 15, 2020 (in the case of the 2025 Notes), provided, however, that if the period from such date of redemption to March 15, 2017 (in the case of the 2020 Notes), May 15, 2018 (in the case of the 2023 Notes) or April 15,
2020 (in the case of the 2025 Notes) is not equal to the constant maturity of a United States Treasury security for which a weekly average yield is given, the Treasury Rate shall be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest
one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of United States Treasury securities for which such yields are given, except that if the period from such date of redemption to March 15, 2017 (in the case of the 2020 Notes), May 15,
2018 (in the case of the 2023 Notes) and April 15, 2020 (in the case of the 2025 Notes) is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be
used. The Company shall obtain the Treasury Rate. 
 “Trustee” means The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company,
N.A., a national banking association duly organized under the laws of the United States, until a successor replaces it in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter means the successor. 

“Trust Officer” shall mean, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the corporate trust department
of the Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president, assistant secretary, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at
the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration
of this Indenture. 
 “Unrestricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary (other than Valeant) of the Parent that
is designated by the Board of Directors of the Parent as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Parent, but only to the extent that such Subsidiary: 

(1) has no Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt; 

(2) is not party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of the
Parent unless the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are not materially less favorable to the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary, in each case, taken as a whole, than those that might be obtained at the time from
Persons who are not Affiliates of the Parent; 

  
 -27- 








 (3) is a Person with respect to which neither the Parent nor any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation (a) to subscribe for additional Equity Interests or (b) to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of
operating results; and 
 (4) has not Guaranteed or otherwise directly or indirectly provided credit support for any
Indebtedness of the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. 
 Any designation of a Subsidiary of the Parent as an Unrestricted
Subsidiary will be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of the Parent giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation
complied with the preceding conditions and was permitted by Section 4.8 hereof. If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the preceding requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it will thereafter cease to be an
Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary will be deemed to be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent as of such date, and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be incurred as of
such date under Section 4.9 hereof, the Parent will be in default of such covenant. The Board of Directors of the Parent may at any time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such designation
will be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness and, if applicable, related Liens by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent of any outstanding Indebtedness and, if applicable, related Liens of such Unrestricted Subsidiary and such designation will
only be permitted if (1) such Indebtedness and, if applicable, related Liens are permitted under Section 4.9 hereof and, if applicable, Section 4.11 hereof (other than clause (3) under the definition of “Permitted
Liens”), calculated, if applicable, on a pro forma basis as if such designation had occurred at the beginning of the four-quarter reference period; and (2) no Default or Event of Default would be in existence following such designation.
For the avoidance of doubt, relative to Parent, the Company is considered an Unrestricted Subsidiary of Parent prior to the Assumption. 

“Valeant” means Valeant Pharmaceuticals International, a Delaware corporation, and its successors. 

“Vice President” when used with respect to the Company or the Trustee, means any vice president, whether or not
designated by a number or a word or words added before or after the title “vice president.” 
 “Voting
Stock” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person. 

“Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained
by dividing: 
 (1) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining
installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect of the Indebtedness, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between
such date and the making of such payment; by 
 (2) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness. 

  
 -28- 








 “WURA” means the Winding-Up and Restructuring Act (Canada). 

Section 1.2 Other Definitions. 
  

			
	 TERM
	  	 DEFINED IN

SECTION

		
	“Acceptable Commitment”	  	  4.14(b)
	“Additional Amounts”	  	  4.21(a)
	“Affiliate Transaction”	  	  4.13(a)
	“Agent Members”	  	  2.1(b)
	“Asset Sale Offer”	  	  4.14(c)/3.14
	“Authorized Agent”	  	11.16
	“Benefited Party”	  	10.1(b)
	“Change in Tax Law”	  	  3.7(e)
	“Change of Control Offer”	  	  3.8(b)
	“Change of Control Purchase Date”	  	  3.8(b)
	“Change of Control Purchase Notice”	  	  3.8(c)
	“Change of Control Purchase Price”	  	  3.8(a)
	“Company Notice”	  	  3.8(b)
	“Company Order”	  	  2.2
	“Covenant Defeasance”	  	  8.3
	“Depositary”	  	  2.1(a)
	“DTC”	  	  2.1(a)
	“Dollar Paying Agent”	  	  2.3
	“Escrow Account”	  	  4.22(b)
	“Escrowed Property”	  	  4.22(b)
	“EU Savings Tax Directive”	  	  4.21(b)(v)
	“Euro Paying Agent”	  	  2.3
	“Event of Default”	  	  6.1
	“Excess Proceeds”	  	  4.14(c)
	“FATCA”	  	  4.21(b)(viii)
	“incur”	  	  4.9(a)
	“Judgment Currency”	  	11.17
	“Legal Defeasance”	  	  8.2
	“Legal Holiday”	  	11.7
	“Legend”	  	  2.12(a)
	“Notice of Default”	  	  6.1
	“Offer Amount”	  	  3.14
	“Offer Period”	  	  3.14
	“Parity Indebtedness”	  	  3.14
	“Paying Agent”	  	  2.3
	“Payment Default”	  	  6.1(e)
	“Payor”	  	  4.21(a)
	“Permitted Debt”	  	  4.9(b)
	“Purchase Date”	  	  3.14
	“QIB”	  	  2.1(a)
	“Registrar”	  	  2.3
	“Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction”	  	  4.21(a)
	“Restricted Payments”	  	  4.8(a)
	“Special Mandatory Redemption”	  	  3.15(a)


  
 -29- 









			
	 TERM
	  	 DEFINED IN

SECTION

		
	“Special Mandatory Redemption Date”	  	  3.15(a)
	“Special Mandatory Redemption Price”	  	  3.15(a)
	“Tax”	  	  4.21(a)

 Section 1.3 [RESERVED] 

Section 1.4 Rules of Construction. Unless the context otherwise requires: 

(A) a term has the meaning assigned to it; 

(B) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP; 

(C) words in the singular include the plural, and words in the plural include the singular; 

(D) provisions apply to successive events and transactions; 

(E) the term “merger” includes a statutory share exchange and the term “merged” has a correlative meaning;

 (F) the masculine gender includes the feminine and the neuter; 

(G) references to agreements and other instruments include subsequent amendments thereto; 

(H) “herein,” “hereof” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any
particular Article, Section or other subdivision; 
 (I) references to ratings by Moody’s or S&P shall include any
successor equivalent ratings if either Moody’s or S&P changes its ratings scale subsequent to the date of this Indenture; 

(J) except as otherwise provided for herein, the Notes will be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture,
including, without limitation, waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase; and 
 (K) a reference to a statute
includes all regulations made pursuant to such statute and, unless otherwise specified, the provisions of any statute or regulation which amends, revises, restates, supplements or supersedes any such statute or any such regulation. 

ARTICLE 2 
 THE SECURITIES 

Section 2.1 Form and Dating. The Dollar Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication with respect thereto shall be
substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A-1 in the case of the 2020 Notes, Exhibit A-2 in the case of the 2023 Notes and Exhibit A-3 in the case of the 2025 Notes, 

  
 -30- 








 
which are incorporated in and made part of this Indenture. The Euro Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication with respect thereto shall be substantially in the form set forth in
Exhibit A-4, which is incorporated in and made part of this Indenture. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage. The Company shall provide any such notations, legends or endorsements to the
Trustee in writing. The Dollar Notes shall be in a minimum denomination of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The Euro Notes shall be in a minimum denomination of €100,000 and integral multiples of €1,000 in excess
thereof. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes are being offered and sold by the Company in transactions exempt from, or not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act. 

(a) Restricted Global Notes. All of the Notes are initially being offered and sold to (i) qualified institutional
buyers as defined in Rule 144A (collectively, “QIBs” or individually, each a “QIB”) in reliance on Rule 144A under the Securities Act or (ii) outside the United States to persons other than U.S. persons in
reliance upon Regulation S under the Securities Act, and shall be issued initially in the form of one or more Restricted Global Notes, which shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Notes represented thereby with the Trustee, as
custodian for The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) and registered in the name of its nominee, Cede & Co. (in the case of the Dollar Notes), or the Common Depositary and registered in the name of the Common Depositary (in
the case of the Euro Notes), in each case duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The aggregate principal amount of the Restricted Global Notes may from time to time be increased or decreased by
adjustments made on the records of the Notes Custodian as hereinafter provided, subject in each case to compliance with the Applicable Procedures. 

(b) Form of Notes. Dollar Notes issued in global form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 attached
hereto in the case of the 2020 Global Notes, Exhibit A-2 attached hereto in the case of the 2023 Global Notes and Exhibit A-3 in the case of the 2025 Global Notes (including the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of
Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Euro Notes issued in global form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A-4 hereto (including the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global
Note” attached thereto). Definitive Notes shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1, Exhibit A-2, Exhibit A-3 or Exhibit A-4, as applicable, attached hereto (but without the Global Note Legend thereon and without the “Schedule
of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Each Global Note shall represent such of the outstanding Notes of the applicable series as shall be specified therein and each shall provide that it shall represent the aggregate
principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges and
redemptions. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee or the Notes Custodian, at the direction of the
Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.12 hereof and shall be made on the records of the Trustee and the Depositary. 

Members of, or participants in, the Depositary (“Agent Members”) shall have no rights under this Indenture
with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depositary or under the Global Note, and the Depositary (including, for this purpose, its nominee) may be treated by the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee as
the absolute owner and Holder of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall (A) prevent the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee from giving effect to any written
certification, proxy or other 

  
 -31- 








 
authorization furnished by the Depositary or (B) impair, as between the Depositary and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of a
Holder of any Note. 
 (c) Additional Notes. Subject to compliance with the provisions of Section 4.9 hereof, the
Company may issue Additional Notes of any series in an unlimited amount under this Indenture. 
 (d) Regulation S Global
Notes. Dollar Global Notes offered and sold in reliance on Regulation S shall initially be represented by one or more Dollar Regulation S Global Notes, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 attached hereto in the case of the 2020 Regulation S
Global Note, Exhibit A-2 attached hereto in the case of the 2023 Regulation S Global Note and Exhibit A-3 attached hereto in the case of the 2025 Regulation S Global Note hereto, with such applicable legends as are provided in Exhibit A-1, Exhibit
A-2 and Exhibit A-3, respectively. The Dollar Regulation S Global Notes will be deposited, upon issuance, on behalf of the purchasers of the Notes represented thereby with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary and registered in the name of
the Depositary or the nominee of the Depositary, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. 

Euro Global Notes offered and sold in reliance on Regulation S shall initially be represented by one or more Euro Regulation S
Global Notes, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-4 attached hereto, with such applicable legends as are provided in Exhibit A-4. The Euro Regulation S Global Notes will be deposited with, or on behalf of, the Common Depositary on behalf of
Euroclear and Clearstream and registered in the name of the nominee of the Common Depositary. 
 The aggregate principal
amount of the Regulation S Global Notes may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee and the Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, in connection with transfers of interest as hereinafter
provided. 
 (e) Book Entry Provisions. The Company shall execute and the Trustee shall, in accordance with this
Section 2.1(e), authenticate and deliver initially one or more Global Notes of each applicable series that (i) shall be registered in the name of the applicable Depositary or its nominee, (ii) shall be delivered by the Trustee to the
applicable Depositary or pursuant to the applicable Depositary’s instructions and (iii) shall bear legends substantially in the form of the first paragraph of Exhibit A attached hereto. 

Section 2.2 Execution and Authentication. An Officer of the Company shall sign the Notes for the Company by manual or facsimile
signature. Typographic and other minor errors or defects in any such facsimile signature shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any Note which has been authenticated and delivered by the Trustee. 

If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note shall be valid
nevertheless. 
 A Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee manually signs the certificate of authentication on
the Note. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture. 

  
 -32- 








 The Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery the 2020 Notes for original issue
in an initial aggregate principal amount of $2,000,000,000, the 2023 Notes for original issue in an initial aggregate principal amount of $3,250,000,000, the Euro Notes for original issue in an initial aggregate principal amount of
€1,500,000,000 and the 2025 Notes for original issue in an initial aggregate principal amount of $3,250,000,000, in each case upon receipt of a written order of the Company signed by an Officer of the Company (a “Company
Order”). The Company Order shall specify the amount of Notes to be authenticated and shall provide that all such Notes will be represented by a Restricted Global Note and the date on which each original issue of Notes is to be
authenticated. For the avoidance of doubt, each of the 2020 Notes, 2023 Notes, Euro Notes and 2025 Notes shall constitute a separate series hereunder. The aggregate principal amount of any series of Notes outstanding at any time may not exceed the
applicable amounts in the foregoing sentence, except as provided in Sections 2.1(c), 2.1(d) and 2.7 hereof. 
 The Trustee shall act as the
initial authenticating agent. Thereafter, the Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Company to authenticate Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this
Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent shall have the same rights as an Agent to deal with the Company or an Affiliate of the Company. 

The Dollar Notes shall be issuable only in registered form without coupons and only in minimum denominations of $2,000 principal amount and
integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The Euro Notes shall be issuable only in registered form without coupons and only in minimum denominations of €100,000 principal amount and integral multiples of €1,000 in excess thereof.

 Section 2.3 Registrar and Paying Agent. The Company shall maintain one or more offices or agencies where Notes may be
presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (each, a “Registrar”), one or more offices or agencies where Notes may be presented for payment (each, a “Paying Agent”) and one or more offices or agencies
where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Company will at all times maintain a Paying Agent, Registrar and an office or agency where notices and demands to or upon the Company in
respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served in (i) the City of London (in respect of the Euro Notes) and (ii) the Borough of Manhattan in the City of New York (in respect of the Dollar Notes). 

The Company shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Agent not a party to this Indenture. The agreement shall implement the
provisions of this Indenture that relate to such Agent. The Company shall notify the Trustee of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the Company fails to maintain a Registrar, Paying Agent or agent for service of
notices and demands in any place required by this Indenture, or fail to give the foregoing notice, the Trustee shall act as such. The Company or any Affiliate of the Company may act as Paying Agent (except for the purposes of Section 4.1 and
Article 8). 
 The Company hereby initially designates the Trustee as Dollar Paying Agent in respect of the Dollar Notes (the “Dollar
Paying Agent”), Registrar and Notes Custodian, and the office or agency of the Trustee in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York (which shall initially be the office located at 101 Barclay Street, New York, NY 10286) as one such office
or agency of the Company for each of the aforesaid purposes. 
 The Company hereby initially designates The Bank of New York Mellon, acting
through its London branch, as Euro Paying Agent in respect of the Euro Notes (the “Euro Paying Agent”), and the office or agency of the Euro Paying Agent in London (which shall initially be the office located at The Bank of New York
Mellon, One Canada Square, London E14 5AL) as one such office or agency of the Company for such purpose. 

  
 -33- 








 The Company may change the Paying Agents or Registrar without prior notice to the Holders, and
after the Assumption Date, the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar. If and for so long as the Euro Notes are listed on the Irish Stock Exchange and admitted to trading on the Global Exchange Market and the rules of
the Irish Stock Exchange so require, the Company will publish a notice of its initial designation of, and change to, Paying Agent, Registrar or transfer agent in Ireland in a newspaper having general circulation in Ireland (which is expected to be
The Irish Times) or, to the extent and in the manner permitted by such rules, posted on the official website of the Irish Stock Exchange (http://www.ise.ie) or otherwise in accordance with the requirements of the rules of the Irish
Stock Exchange. 
 Section 2.4 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust. Prior to (x) in the case of the Dollar Notes, 11:00
a.m., New York City time and (y) in the case of the Euro Notes, 11:00 a.m. London time, in each case on the due date of the principal of or interest on any Notes, the Company shall deposit with a Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay such
principal or interest, if any, so becoming due. A Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Noteholders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of or interest on the Notes, and shall notify the
Trustee of any default by the Company (or any other obligor on the Notes) in making any such payment. If the Company or an Affiliate of the Company acts as Paying Agent, the Company or such Affiliate shall, before (x) in the case of the Dollar
Notes, 11:00 a.m., New York City time and (y) in the case of the Euro Notes, 11:00 a.m. London time, in each case on each due date of the principal of or interest on any Notes, segregate the money and hold it as a separate trust fund. The
Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee, and the Trustee may at any time during the continuance of any Default, upon written request to a Paying Agent, require such Paying Agent to pay forthwith to
the Trustee all sums so held in trust by such Paying Agent. Upon doing so, the Paying Agent (other than the Company) shall have no further liability for the money. For the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall any Paying Agent (unless the Company or
an Affiliate of the Company is acting as Paying Agent) be required to advance funds for any payment on the Notes of any series hereunder or to make any such payment until the Paying Agent has actually received such funds from the Company. 

Section 2.5 Noteholder Lists. The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list
available to it of the names and addresses of Noteholders. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee on or before each interest payment date, and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list
in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of Noteholders. 
 Section 2.6
Transfer and Exchange. 
 (a) Subject to compliance with any applicable additional requirements contained in Section 2.12
hereof, when a Note is presented to a Registrar with a request to register a transfer thereof or to exchange such Note for an equal principal amount of Notes of all the same series of other authorized denominations, the Registrar shall register the
transfer or make the exchange as requested; provided, however, that every Note presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange shall be duly endorsed or accompanied by an assignment form and, if applicable, a transfer
certificate in the form(s) included in Exhibit A-1 (in the case of the 2020 Notes), Exhibit A-2 (in the case of the 2023 Notes), Exhibit A-3 (in the case of the 2025 Notes), Exhibit A-4 (in the case of the Euro Notes) and Exhibit C, as applicable,
and in form satisfactory to the Registrar, duly executed by the Holder thereof or its attorney duly authorized in writing. To permit registration of transfers and exchanges, upon surrender of any Note for registration of transfer or exchange at an
office or agency maintained pursuant to Section 2.3 hereof, 

  
 -34- 








 
the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Notes of a like aggregate principal amount at the Registrar’s request. Any exchange or transfer shall be without charge, except
that the Company or the Registrar may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto, and provided, that this sentence shall not apply to any exchange pursuant to
Section 2.10, 2.12(a), 3.6, 3.11 or 9.5 hereof. 
 Neither the Company, any Registrar nor the Trustee shall be required to exchange or
register a transfer of any Notes of any series or portions thereof in respect of which a Change of Control Purchase Notice or a notice in connection with an Asset Sale Offer has been delivered and not withdrawn by the Holder thereof (except, in the
case of the purchase of a Note in part, the portion thereof not to be purchased). 
 All Notes of any series issued upon any transfer or
exchange of Notes shall be valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Notes of such series surrendered upon such transfer or exchange. 

(b) Any Registrar appointed pursuant to Section 2.3 hereof shall provide to the Trustee such information as the Trustee may reasonably
require in connection with the delivery by such Registrar of Notes of any series upon transfer or exchange of Notes of such series. 
 (c)
Each Holder of a Note agrees to indemnify the Company and the Trustee against any liability that may result from the transfer, exchange or assignment of such Holder’s Note in violation of any provision of this Indenture and/or applicable United
States federal, state, Canadian federal, provincial or territorial securities law. 
 Section 2.7 Replacement Notes. If any
mutilated Note is surrendered to the Company, a Registrar or the Trustee, or the Company, a Registrar and the Trustee receive evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, and there is delivered to the Company, the
applicable Registrar and the Trustee such security or indemnity as will be required by them to save each of them harmless, then, in the absence of notice to the Company, such Registrar or the Trustee that such Note has been acquired by a bona fide
purchaser, the Company shall execute, and upon its written request the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in exchange for any such mutilated Note or in lieu of any such destroyed, lost or stolen Note, a new Note of like tenor, principal amount
and series, bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding. 
 In case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note has become or
is about to become due and payable, or is about to be purchased by the Company pursuant to Article 3, the Company in its discretion may, instead of issuing a new Note, pay or purchase such Note, as the case may be. 

Upon the issuance of any new Notes under this Section 2.7, the Company may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or
other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other reasonable expenses (including the reasonable fees and expenses of the Trustee or the Registrar) in connection therewith. 

Every new Note issued pursuant to this Section 2.7 in lieu of any mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall constitute an original
additional contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any
and all other Notes of such series duly issued hereunder. 

  
 -35- 








 The provisions of this Section 2.7 are (to the extent lawful) exclusive and shall preclude
(to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes. 

Section 2.8 Outstanding Notes. Notes of a series outstanding at any time are all Notes of such series authenticated by the
Trustee, except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation or surrendered for transfer or exchange and those described in this Section 2.8 as not outstanding. 

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.7 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Company receives proof satisfactory to it
that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser. 
 If a Paying Agent (other than the Company or an Affiliate of the Company) holds
on a Redemption Date, Change of Control Purchase Date or the Final Maturity Date money sufficient to pay the principal of (including premium, if any) and interest on Notes (or portions thereof) payable on that date, then on and after such Redemption
Date, Change of Control Purchase Date or the Final Maturity Date, as the case may be, such Notes (or portions thereof, as the case may be) shall cease to be outstanding and interest on them shall cease to accrue. 

Subject to the restrictions contained in Section 2.9 hereof, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate
of the Company holds the Note. 
 Section 2.9 Treasury Notes. In determining whether the Holders of the required principal
amount of Notes of a series have concurred in any notice, direction, waiver or consent, Notes of such series owned by the Company or any other obligor on the Notes of such series or by any Affiliate of the Company or of such other obligor shall be
disregarded, except that, for purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such notice, direction, waiver or consent, only Notes of such series which a Trust Officer of the Trustee actually knows are so owned
shall be so disregarded. Notes of a series so owned which have been pledged in good faith shall not be disregarded if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right so to act with respect to the Notes of such
series and that the pledgee is neither the Company nor any other obligor on the Notes of such series or any Affiliate of the Company or of such other obligor. 

Section 2.10 Temporary Notes. Until Definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and execute, and, upon
receipt of a Company Order, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of Definitive Notes but may have variations that the Company with the consent of the Trustee considers
appropriate for temporary Notes. Without unreasonable delay, the Company shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver Definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes. 

Section 2.11 Cancellation. The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and the Paying
Agent shall forward to the Trustee or its agent any Notes surrendered to them for transfer, exchange, payment or conversion. The Trustee and no one else shall cancel, in accordance with its standard procedures, all Notes surrendered for transfer,
exchange, payment, conversion or cancellation and shall deliver the canceled Notes to the Company. All Notes which are purchased or otherwise acquired by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries prior to the Final Maturity Date of such series may be
delivered to the Trustee for cancellation or resold. The Company may not hold or resell such Notes or issue any new Notes to replace any Notes delivered for cancellation 

  
 -36- 








 Section 2.12 Legend; Additional Transfer and Exchange Requirements. 

(a) If Notes are issued upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes subject to restrictions on transfer and bearing the legends set
forth on the form of Notes attached hereto as Exhibit A-1 (in the case of the 2020 Notes), Exhibit A-2 (in the case of the 2023 Notes), Exhibit A-3 (in the case of the 2025 Notes) and Exhibit A-4 (in the case of the Euro Notes), as applicable
(collectively, the “Legend”), or if a request is made to remove the Legend on a Note, the Notes so issued shall bear the Legend, or the Legend shall not be removed, as the case may be, unless there is delivered to the Company such
satisfactory evidence, which shall include an opinion of counsel if requested by the Company, as may be reasonably required by the Company, that neither the Legend nor the restrictions on transfer set forth therein are required to ensure that
transfers thereof comply with the provisions of Rule 144 under the Securities Act or that such Notes are not “restricted” within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act; provided that no such evidence need be supplied in
connection with the sale of such Note pursuant to a registration statement that is effective at the time of such sale. Upon (i) provision of satisfactory evidence if requested, or (ii) notification by the Company to the Trustee and
Registrar of the sale of such Note pursuant to a registration statement that is effective at the time of such sale, the Trustee, at the written direction of the Company, shall authenticate and deliver a Note that does not bear the Legend. If the
Legend is removed from the face of a Note and the Note is subsequently held by an Affiliate of the Company, the Legend shall be reinstated. 

(b) A Global Note may not be transferred, in whole or in part, to any Person other than the applicable Depositary or a nominee or any
successor thereof, and no such transfer to any such other Person may be registered; provided that the foregoing shall not prohibit any transfer of a Note that is issued in exchange for a Global Note but is not itself a Global Note;
provided further that in no event shall a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note be transferred to a U.S. Person prior to the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Regulation S, as determined by the
Company. No transfer of a Note to any Person shall be effective under this Indenture or the Notes unless and until such Note has been registered in the name of such Person. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture or the Notes,
transfers of a Global Note, in whole or in part, shall be made only in accordance with this section 2.12. 
 (c) Subject to the succeeding
paragraph, every Note shall be subject to the restrictions on transfer provided in the Legend. Whenever any Restricted Note is presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange for a Note registered in a name other than that of
the Holder, such Note must be accompanied by a certificate in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit A-1, Exhibit A-2, Exhibit A-3 or Exhibit A-4, as applicable, dated the date of such surrender and signed by the Holder of such Note, as to
compliance with such restrictions on transfer. The Registrar shall not be required to accept for such registration of transfer or exchange any Note not so accompanied by a properly completed certificate. 

(d) The restrictions imposed by the Legend upon the transferability of any Note shall cease and terminate when such Note has been sold
pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or transferred in compliance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act (or any successor provision thereto) or, if earlier, upon the expiration of the holding period applicable to
sales thereof under Rule 144(d)(1)(ii) under the Securities Act (or any successor provision). Any Note as to which such restrictions on transfer shall have expired in accordance with their terms or shall have terminated may, upon a surrender of such
Note for exchange to the Registrar in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.12 (accompanied, in the event that such restrictions on transfer have terminated by reason of a transfer in compliance with Rule 144 or any successor
provision, by, if requested by the Company or the Registrar, an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the Company and addressed to the Company to the effect that the transfer of such Note has been made in compliance with Rule 144 or such
successor 

  
 -37- 








 
provision), be exchanged for a new Note, of like tenor, series and aggregate principal amount, which shall not bear the restrictive Legend. The Company shall inform the Trustee of the effective
date of any registration statement registering any Notes under the Securities Act. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the aforementioned opinion of counsel or
registration statement. 
 (e) As used in this Section 2.12, the term “transfer” encompasses any sale, pledge, transfer,
hypothecation or other disposition of any Note. 
 (f) The provisions of clauses (iii), (iv) and (v) below shall apply only to
Global Notes: 
 (i) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture or the Notes, a Global Note shall not be
exchanged in whole or in part for a Note of such series registered in the name of any Person other than the Depositary or one or more nominees thereof, provided that a Global Note of a series may be exchanged for Notes of such series
registered in the names of any person designated by the Depositary in the event that (A) the Depositary has notified the obligors that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for such Global Note and the Company fails to appoint a
successor Depositary or (B) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing with respect to the Notes of such series. Any Global Note exchanged pursuant to clause (A) above shall be so exchanged in whole and not in part, and any Global
Note exchanged pursuant to clause (B) may be exchanged in whole or from time to time in part as directed by the applicable Depositary. Any Note issued in exchange for a Global Note or any portion thereof shall be a Global Note; provided
that any such Note so issued that is registered in the name of a Person other than the applicable Depositary or a nominee thereof shall not be a Global Note. 

(ii) Notes issued in exchange for a Global Note of such series or any portion thereof shall be issued in definitive, fully
registered form, without interest coupons, shall have an aggregate principal amount equal to that of such Global Note or portion thereof to be so exchanged, shall be registered in such names and be in such authorized denominations as the Depositary
shall designate and shall bear the applicable legends provided for herein. Any Global Note to be exchanged in whole shall be surrendered by the Depositary to the Trustee, as Registrar. With regard to any Global Note to be exchanged in part, either
such Global Note shall be so surrendered for exchange or, if the Trustee is acting as custodian for the Depositary or its nominee with respect to such Global Note, the principal amount thereof shall be reduced, by an amount equal to the portion
thereof to be so exchanged, by means of an appropriate adjustment made on the records of the Trustee. Upon any such surrender or adjustment, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver the Notes of such series issuable on such exchange to or upon the
order of the applicable Depositary or an authorized representative thereof. 
 (iii) Subject to the provisions of clause
(v) below, the registered Holder may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Agent Members and persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture
or the Notes. 
 (iv) In the event of the occurrence of any of the events specified in clause (i) above, the obligors
will promptly make available to the Trustee a reasonable supply of applicable Definitive Notes in definitive, fully registered form, without interest coupons. 

(v) Neither Agent members nor any other Persons on whose behalf Agent Members may act shall have any rights under this
Indenture with respect to any Global Note registered in the name of the Depositary or any nominee thereof, or under any such Global Note, and the 

  
 -38- 








 
Depositary or such nominee, as the case may be, may be treated by the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the absolute owner and holder of such Global Note for all
purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the
Depositary or such nominee, as the case may be, or impair, as between the Depositary, its Agent Members and any other Person on whose behalf an Agent Member may act, the operation of customary practices of such Persons governing the exercise of the
rights of a holder of any Note. 
 (vi) The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to
compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Agent Members or beneficial owners in any Global
Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so as and when expressly required by, the terms or this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial
compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof. 
 (g) Euroclear and Clearstream Procedures Applicable. The provisions of
the “Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System” and “Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear” and the equivalent procedures of Clearstream shall be applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in Global Notes that
are held by Participants through Euroclear or Clearstream. 
 Section 2.13 CUSIP, Common Code and ISIN Numbers. The Company in
issuing the Notes of any series may use one or more “CUSIP”, “Common Code” and “ISIN” numbers (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee shall use “CUSIP”, “Common Code” and “ISIN”
numbers in notices of purchase as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a
purchase and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such purchase shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Company will promptly notify the Trustee of any
change in the “CUSIP”, “Common Code” and “ISIN” numbers applicable to any series of Notes. 
 ARTICLE 3 

REDEMPTION AND PURCHASES 

Section 3.1 Right to Redeem. The Company, at its option, may redeem the Notes of a series in accordance with the provisions of
Section 3.7 and 3.8(g) hereof. 
 The Company may not redeem the Notes of a series if it has failed to pay any interest or premium on
the Notes of such series and such failure to pay is continuing. 
 If the Company elects to redeem the Notes of a series, it shall notify
the Trustee at least 45 days prior to the Redemption Date (unless a shorter notice period shall be satisfactory to the Trustee) of the Redemption Date, the aggregate principal amount of the Notes and series of such Notes to be redeemed and the
Section of this Indenture pursuant to which such Notes are being redeemed. 
 Section 3.2 Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed. The
Company will give not less than 30 days’ nor more than 60 days’ notice of any redemption; provided that the notice pursuant to Section 3.7(e) shall not be provided (i) earlier than 90 days before the next date on which the
Company or the applicable Note Guarantor would be obligated to pay Additional Amounts and (ii) unless at the time such notice is 

  
 -39- 








 
given, such obligation to pay such Additional Amounts remains in effect. If less than all of the outstanding Notes of a series are to be redeemed, the Notes of that series will be selected for
redemption as follows: 
 (i) in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on
which the Notes of such series are listed, or 
 (ii) if the Notes of such series are not listed on a national securities
exchange, by lot or pursuant to applicable depositary procedures. 
 In the event of a partial redemption by lot, the particular Notes to be
redeemed will be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date from the outstanding Notes of the applicable series not previously called for redemption. 

Dollar Notes and portions of Dollar Notes selected for Redemption will be in amounts of $2,000 or whole multiples of $1,000 except that if all
of the Dollar Notes of a series of a Holder are to be redeemed, the entire outstanding amount of Dollar Notes of such series held by such Holder, even if not a multiple of $1,000, shall be redeemed. Euro Notes and portions of Euro Notes selected
will be in amounts of €100,000 or whole multiples of €1,000 except that if all of the Euro Notes of a series of a Holder are to be redeemed, the entire outstanding amount of Euro Notes of such series held by such Holder, even if not a
multiple of €1,000, shall be redeemed. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption. 

Section 3.3 Notice of Redemption. At least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a Redemption Date, the Company shall mail, or
shall cause to be mailed, a notice of redemption by first-class mail, postage prepaid, (or otherwise transmit in accordance with applicable procedures of DTC) to the Trustee and to each Holder of Notes of the applicable series to be redeemed. 

The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and shall state: 
  

	 	•	 	the aggregate principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed; 

  

	 	•	 	the series of Notes to be redeemed; 

  

	 	•	 	the Redemption Date (which shall be a Business Day); 

  

	 	•	 	the redemption price; 

  

	 	•	 	the name and address of the Paying Agent; 

  

	 	•	 	that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price; 

  

	 	•	 	if fewer than all the outstanding Notes of a series are to be redeemed, the certificate numbers, if any, and principal amounts of the particular Notes of such series to be redeemed; 


 

	 	•	 	that, unless the Company defaults in the deposit of the redemption price, interest on Notes called for redemption will cease to accrue on and after the Redemption Date; 


  
 -40- 









	 	•	 	the Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes are being redeemed; and 

  

	 	•	 	the CUSIP, Common Code and/or ISIN numbers as applicable of the Notes. 

 At the Company’s request, the
Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Company’s name and at the Company’s expense, provided that the Company makes such request at least three Business Days prior to the date by which such notice of redemption must be
given to Holders in accordance with this Section 3.3. Concurrently with the giving of any such notice of redemption, the Company shall issue a press release announcing such redemption, the form and content of which shall be determined by the
Company. For Notes which are represented by global certificates held on behalf of Euroclear, Clearstream or DTC, notices may be given by delivery of the relevant notices to Euroclear, Clearstream or DTC for communication to entitled account holders
in substitution for the aforementioned publication. If and for so long as any Euro Notes are admitted to trading on the Global Exchange Market and listed on the Irish Stock Exchange and its rules so require, any such notice to Holders shall also be
published in a newspaper having a general circulation in Ireland (which is expected to be The Irish Times) or on the Irish Stock Exchange’s website (http://www.ise.ie), and in connection with any redemption, the Company will
notify the Irish Stock Exchange of any change in the principal amount of Notes outstanding. Redemption notices may be given more than 60 days prior to a Redemption Date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes of such
series pursuant to Sections 8.3 or 8.4 or a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture with respect to such series of Notes pursuant to Section 8.1. If a redemption is subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, the
applicable redemption notice shall describe such condition, and if applicable, shall state that, in the Company’s discretion, the Redemption Date may be delayed until such time as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied, without the
requirement of an additional notice period to the Holders, or such redemption may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied by the Redemption Date, or by the Redemption Date
as so delayed. The Trustee shall have no responsibility for calculating the Redemption Price. 
 Section 3.4 Effect of Notice of
Redemption. Once notice of redemption is given and any conditions set forth therein have been satisfied, Notes called for redemption become due and payable on the Redemption Date and at the redemption price stated in the notice. Upon surrender
to the Paying Agent, such Notes shall be paid at the redemption price stated in the notice. If the Redemption Date falls during a period starting after the close of business on an interest payment record date and ending on the opening of business on
the first Business Day after the next interest payment date, or if this interest payment date is not a Business Day, the second Business Day after the interest payment date; then the interest payment will be payable to the Holders who present the
Notes for redemption. 
 On and after the Redemption Date, unless the Company defaults in the deposit of the redemption price, interest will
cease to accrue on the Notes or any portion of the Notes called for redemption, and all other rights of the Holder will terminate other than the right to receive the redemption price, without interest from the Redemption Date, on surrender of the
Notes. 
 Section 3.5 Deposit of Redemption Price. Prior to (x) in the case of the Dollar Notes 11:00 a.m. (New York City
time) and (y) in the case of the Euro Notes, 11:00 a.m. (London time), on the Redemption Date, the Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent (or the Trustee) money sufficient to pay the redemption price (as calculated by the Company) on all
Notes to be redeemed on that date. 
 Section 3.6 Notes Redeemed in Part. Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed in part, the
Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder, without service charge, a new Note in an authorized denomination equal in principal amount to, and in exchange for, the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered.


  
 -41- 








 Section 3.7 Optional Redemption. 

(a) At any time prior to March 15, 2017, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 40% of the aggregate principal amount
of the 2020 Notes (including the 2020 Notes issued after the Issue Date, if any) issued under this Indenture at a redemption price of 105.375% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but not including, the redemption
date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings; provided that: 
 (1) at least 60% of the aggregate
principal amount of the 2020 Notes (including the 2020 Notes issued after the Issue Date, if any) issued under this Indenture remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption (excluding the 2020 Notes held by the Company and
its Subsidiaries); and 
 (2) the redemption occurs within 180 days of the date of the closing of such Equity Offering. 

(b) On or after March 15, 2017, the Company may redeem all or a part of the 2020 Notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’
notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest on the 2020 Notes redeemed, to, but not including, the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month
period beginning on March 15 of the years indicated below: 
  

					
	 Year
	  	Percentage	 
	 2017
	  	 	102.688	% 
	 2018
	  	 	101.344	% 
	 2019 and thereafter
	  	 	100.000	% 

 (c) In addition, at any time prior to March 15, 2017, the Company may redeem the 2020 Notes, in whole or
in part, at a redemption price equal to the principal amount of the 2020 Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but not including, the date of redemption. 

(d) In connection with any optional redemption of the 2020 Notes, any such redemption may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to one
or more conditions precedent. If a redemption is subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, the applicable redemption notice shall describe such condition, and if applicable, shall state that, in the Company’s discretion, the
redemption date may be delayed until such time as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied, without the requirement of an additional notice period to the Holders, or such redemption may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event
that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied by the Redemption Date, or by the Redemption Date as so delayed. 
 (e) If the
Company or any Note Guarantor becomes obligated to pay, on the next date on which any amount will be payable with respect to the 2020 Notes, any Additional Amounts as a result of (i) any amendment to, or change in, the laws or regulations of a
Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction (as defined in Section 4.21 herein), which amendment or change is publicly announced and becomes effective after the date hereof (or, if the applicable Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction became a Relevant Taxing
Jurisdiction on a date after the date hereof, after such later date) or (ii) any amendment to, or change in, an official written interpretation or application of such laws or regulations (including by virtue of a holding by a court of competent
jurisdiction) which amendment or change is publicly announced and becomes effective after the date hereof (or, if the applicable Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction became a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction on a date after the date hereof, after such later
date) (each of the foregoing clauses (i) 

  
 -42- 








 
and (ii), a “Change in Tax Law”) and the Company or the applicable Note Guarantor cannot avoid any such payment obligation by taking reasonable measures available to it
(including making payment through a paying agent located in another jurisdiction, but not including the substitution of an obligor if the Company would be required to pay Additional Amounts), the Company may, at its option, redeem the 2020 Notes
then outstanding, in whole but not in part, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the
relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), provided however that if such right to redeem is triggered by the obligation of a Note Guarantor to pay Additional Amounts, such right to redeem will apply only if
the payment giving rise to such obligation cannot be made by the Company or another Note Guarantor without the obligation to pay Additional Amounts. Notice of the Company’s intent to redeem the 2020 Notes shall not be given until the Company
delivers to the Trustee an opinion of independent tax counsel (the choice of such counsel to be subject to the prior written approval of the Trustee (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld)) to the effect that there has been such Change in
Tax Law which would entitle the Company to redeem the 2020 Notes hereunder and an Officers’ Certificate to the effect that the Company or the applicable Note Guarantor cannot avoid its obligation to pay Additional Amounts by taking reasonable
measures available to it. The foregoing provisions shall apply mutatis mutandis to any successor Person to the Company or the applicable Note Guarantor, after such successor Person becomes a party to this Indenture, with respect to a Change
in Tax Law that is publicly announced and becomes effective after such successor Person becomes a party to this Indenture. 
 (f) At any
time prior to May 15, 2018, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 40% of the aggregate principal amount of 2023 Notes (including 2023 Notes issued after the Issue Date, if any) issued under this Indenture at a redemption
price of 105.875% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but not including, the redemption date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings; provided that: 

(1) at least 60% of the aggregate principal amount of the 2023 Notes (including the 2023 Notes issued after the Issue Date, if
any) issued under this Indenture remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption (excluding the 2023 Notes held by the Company and its Subsidiaries); and 

(2) the redemption occurs within 180 days of the date of the closing of such Equity Offering. 

(g) On or after May 15, 2018, the Company may redeem all or a part of the 2023 Notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’
notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest on the 2023 Notes redeemed, to, but not including, the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month
period beginning on May 15 of the years indicated below: 
  

					
	 Year
	  	Percentage	 
	 2018
	  	 	102.938	% 
	 2019
	  	 	101.469	% 
	 2020 and thereafter
	  	 	100.000	% 

 (h) In addition, at any time prior to May 15, 2018, the Company may redeem the 2023 Notes, in whole or in
part, at a redemption price equal to the principal amount of the 2023 Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but not including, the date of redemption. The Company shall calculate the redemption price. 

  
 -43- 








 (i) In connection with any optional redemption of the 2023 Notes, any such redemption may, at the
Company’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent. If a redemption is subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, the applicable redemption notice shall describe such condition, and if applicable, shall state
that, in the Company’s discretion, the redemption date may be delayed until such time as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied, without the requirement of an additional notice period to the Holders, or such redemption may not occur and
such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied by the Redemption Date, or by the Redemption Date as so delayed. 

(j) If the Company or any Note Guarantor becomes obligated to pay, on the next date on which any amount will be payable with respect to the
2023 Notes, any Additional Amounts as a result of a Change in Tax Law and the Company or the applicable Note Guarantor cannot avoid any such payment obligation by taking reasonable measures available to it (including making payment through a paying
agent located in another jurisdiction, but not including the substitution of an obligor if the Company would be required to pay Additional Amounts), the Company may, at its option, redeem the 2023 Notes then outstanding, in whole but not in part, at
a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on
the relevant interest payment date), provided however that if such right to redeem is triggered by the obligation of a Note Guarantor to pay Additional Amounts, such right to redeem will apply only if the payment giving rise to such obligation
cannot be made by the Company or another Note Guarantor without the obligation to pay Additional Amounts. Notice of the Company’s intent to redeem the 2023 Notes shall not be given until the Company delivers to the Trustee an opinion of
independent tax counsel (the choice of such counsel to be subject to the prior written approval of the Trustee (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld)) to the effect that there has been such Change in Tax Law which would entitle the Company
to redeem the 2023 Notes hereunder and an Officers’ Certificate to the effect that the Company or the applicable Note Guarantor cannot avoid its obligation to pay Additional Amounts by taking reasonable measures available to it. The foregoing
provisions shall apply mutatis mutandis to any successor Person to the Company or the applicable Note Guarantor, after such successor Person becomes a party to this Indenture, with respect to a Change in Tax Law that is publicly announced and
becomes effective after such successor Person becomes a party to this Indenture. 
 (k) At any time prior to May 15, 2018, the Company
may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 40% of the aggregate principal amount of Euro Notes (including Euro Notes issued after the Issue Date, if any) issued under this Indenture at a redemption price of 104.50% of the principal amount
thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but not including, the redemption date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings; provided that: 

(1) at least 60% of the aggregate principal amount of Euro Notes (including the Euro Notes issued after the Issue Date, if any)
issued under this Indenture remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption (excluding the Euro Notes held by the Company and its Subsidiaries); and 

(2) the redemption occurs within 180 days of the date of the closing of such Equity Offering. 

(l) On or after May 15, 2018, the Company may redeem all or a part of the Euro Notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’
notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of 

  
 -44- 








 
principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest on the Euro Notes redeemed, to, but not including, the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period
beginning on May 15 of the years indicated below: 
  

					
	 Year
	  	Percentage	 
	 2018
	  	 	102.250	% 
	 2019
	  	 	101.125	% 
	 2020 and thereafter
	  	 	100.000	% 

 (m) In addition, at any time prior to May 15, 2018 , the Company may redeem the Euro Notes, in whole or
in part, at a redemption price equal to the principal amount of the Euro Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but not including, the date of redemption. The Company shall calculate the redemption price.

 (n) In connection with any optional redemption of the Euro Notes, any such redemption may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject
to one or more conditions precedent. If a redemption is subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, the applicable redemption notice shall describe such condition, and if applicable, shall state that, in the Company’s
discretion, the redemption date may be delayed until such time as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied, without the requirement of an additional notice period to the Holders, or such redemption may not occur and such notice may be rescinded
in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied by the Redemption Date, or by the Redemption Date as so delayed. 

(o) If the Company or any Note Guarantor becomes obligated to pay, on the next date on which any amount will be payable with respect to the
Euro Notes, any Additional Amounts as a result of a Change in Tax Law and the Company or the applicable Note Guarantor cannot avoid any such payment obligation by taking reasonable measures available to it (including making payment through a paying
agent located in another jurisdiction, but not including the substitution of an obligor if the Company would be required to pay Additional Amounts), the Company may, at its option, redeem the Euro Notes then outstanding, in whole but not in part, at
a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on
the relevant interest payment date), provided however that if such right to redeem is triggered by the obligation of a Note Guarantor to pay Additional Amounts, such right to redeem will apply only if the payment giving rise to such obligation
cannot be made by the Company or another Note Guarantor without the obligation to pay Additional Amounts. Notice of the Company’s intent to redeem the Euro Notes shall not be given until the Company delivers to the Trustee an opinion of
independent tax counsel (the choice of such counsel to be subject to the prior written approval of the Trustee (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld)) to the effect that there has been such Change in Tax Law which would entitle the Company
to redeem the Euro Notes hereunder and an Officers’ Certificate to the effect that the Company or the applicable Note Guarantor cannot avoid its obligation to pay Additional Amounts by taking reasonable measures available to it. The foregoing
provisions shall apply mutatis mutandis to any successor Person to the Company or the applicable Note Guarantor, after such successor Person becomes a party to this Indenture, with respect to a Change in Tax Law that is publicly announced and
becomes effective after such successor Person becomes a party to this Indenture. 
 (p) At any time prior to April 15, 2018, the
Company may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 40% of the aggregate principal amount of 2025 Notes (including 2025 Notes issued after the Issue Date, if any) issued under this Indenture at a redemption price of 106.125% of the principal
amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but not including, the redemption date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings; provided that: 

(1) at least 60% of the aggregate principal amount of the 2025 Notes (including the 2025 Notes issued after the Issue Date, if any) issued
under this Indenture remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption (excluding the 2025 Notes held by the Company and its Subsidiaries); and 

(2) the redemption occurs within 180 days of the date of the closing of such Equity Offering. 

  
 -45- 








 (q) On or after April 15, 2020, the Company may redeem all or a part of the 2025 Notes upon
not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest on the 2025 Notes redeemed, to, but not including, the applicable
redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on April 15 of the years indicated below: 
  

					
	 Year
	  	Percentage	 
	 2020
	  	 	103.063	% 
	 2021
	  	 	102.042	% 
	 2022
	  	 	101.021	% 
	 2023 and thereafter
	  	 	100.000	% 

 (r) In addition, at any time prior to April 15, 2020, the Company may redeem the 2025 Notes, in whole or
in part, at a redemption price equal to the principal amount of the 2025 Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but not including, the date of redemption. The Company shall calculate the redemption price.

 (s) In connection with any optional redemption of the 2025 Notes, any such redemption may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject
to one or more conditions precedent. If a redemption is subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, the applicable redemption notice shall describe such condition, and if applicable, shall state that, in the Company’s
discretion, the redemption date may be delayed until such time as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied, without the requirement of an additional notice period to the Holders, or such redemption may not occur and such notice may be rescinded
in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied by the Redemption Date, or by the Redemption Date as so delayed. 

(t) If the Company or any Note Guarantor becomes obligated to pay, on the next date on which any amount will be payable with respect to the
2025 Notes, any Additional Amounts as a result of a Change in Tax Law and the Company or the applicable Note Guarantor cannot avoid any such payment obligation by taking reasonable measures available to it (including making payment through a paying
agent located in another jurisdiction, but not including the substitution of an obligor if the Company would be required to pay Additional Amounts), the Company may, at its option, redeem the 2025 Notes then outstanding, in whole but not in part, at
a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on
the relevant interest payment date), provided however that if such right to redeem is triggered by the obligation of a Note Guarantor to pay Additional Amounts, such right to redeem will apply only if the payment giving rise to such obligation
cannot be made by the Company or another Note Guarantor without the obligation to pay Additional Amounts. Notice of the Company’s intent to redeem the 2025 Notes shall not be given until the Company delivers to the Trustee an opinion of
independent tax counsel (the choice of such counsel to 

  
 -46- 








 
be subject to the prior written approval of the Trustee (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld)) to the effect that there has been such Change in Tax Law which would entitle the Company
to redeem the 2025 Notes hereunder and an Officers’ Certificate to the effect that the Company or the applicable Note Guarantor cannot avoid its obligation to pay Additional Amounts by taking reasonable measures available to it. The foregoing
provisions shall apply mutatis mutandis to any successor Person to the Company or the applicable Note Guarantor, after such successor Person becomes a party to this Indenture, with respect to a Change in Tax Law that is publicly announced and
becomes effective after such successor Person becomes a party to this Indenture. 
 (u) Any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.7
shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.1 through 3.6 hereof. 
 (v) In connection with any Redemption under this
Section 3.7, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and Opinion of Counsel to the effect that all conditions precedent in this Indenture to the Redemption have been complied with. 

Section 3.8 Purchase of Notes at Option of the Holder Upon Change of Control. 

(a) If at any time that Notes of any series remain outstanding there shall occur a Change of Control, Notes of such series shall be purchased
by the Company at the option of the Holders, as of the Change of Control Purchase Date, at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount of the Notes of such series, together with accrued and unpaid interest, including interest on any
unpaid overdue interest, if any, to, but excluding, the Change of Control Purchase Date (the “Change of Control Purchase Price”), subject to satisfaction by or on behalf of any Holder of the requirements set forth in subsection
(c) of this Section 3.8. 
 (b) Within 30 days after the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Company shall send a written notice
(“Company Notice”) of the Change of Control to the Trustee and to each Holder (and to beneficial owners as required by applicable law) pursuant to which the Company shall make an offer (a “Change of Control Offer”)
to each Holder to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof, with respect to the Dollar Notes, or €100,000 or an integral multiple of €1,000 in excess thereof, with respect to the Euro
Notes) of each Holder’s Notes of such series at the Change of Control Purchase Price. The notice shall include the form of a Change of Control Purchase Notice to be completed by the Holder, shall describe the transaction or transactions that
constitute the Change of Control and shall state: 
 (i) that the Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this
Section 3.8 and that all Notes of the applicable series tendered will be accepted for payment; 
 (ii) the date by which
the Change of Control Purchase Notice pursuant to this Section 3.8 must be given; 
 (iii) the purchase date, which date
shall be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days after the date the Company Notice is mailed (the “Change of Control Purchase Date”); 

(iv) the Change of Control Purchase Price; 

(v) the Holder’s right to require the Company to purchase the Notes of such series; 

(vi) the name and address of the Paying Agent; 

  
 -47- 








 (vii) that, unless the Company defaults in making such payment, any Note of such
series accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will cease to accrue interest after the Change of Control Purchase Date; 

(viii) the procedures that the Holder must follow to exercise rights under this Section 3.8; and 

(ix) the procedures for withdrawing a Change of Control Purchase Notice, including a form of notice of withdrawal. 

If any of the Notes of such series is in the form of a Global Note, then the Company shall modify such notice to the extent necessary to
accord with the procedures of the Depositary applicable to the repurchase of Global Notes of such series. 
 (c) A Holder may exercise its
rights specified in subsection (a) of this Section 3.8 upon delivery of a written notice (which shall be in substantially the form included in Exhibit A hereto, as applicable, and which may be delivered by letter, overnight courier, hand
delivery, facsimile transmission or in any other written form and, in the case of Global Notes, may be delivered electronically or by other means in accordance with the applicable Depositary’s customary procedures) of the exercise of such
rights (a “Change of Control Purchase Notice”) to any applicable Paying Agent at any time prior to the close of business on the Business Day next preceding the Change of Control Purchase Date. 

The delivery of such Note to any applicable Paying Agent (together with all necessary endorsements) at the office of such Paying Agent shall
be a condition to the receipt by the Holder of the Change of Control Purchase Price therefor. 
 The Company shall purchase from the Holder
thereof, pursuant to this Section 3.8, a portion of a Note if the principal amount of such portion is $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof, with respect to the Dollar Notes, or €100,000 or an integral multiple of
€1,000 in excess thereof, with respect to the Euro Notes. Provisions of this Indenture that apply to the purchase of all of a Note pursuant to Sections 3.8 through 3.13 also apply to the purchase of such portion of such Note. 

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any Holder delivering to a Paying Agent the Change of Control Purchase Notice contemplated by
this subsection (c) shall have the right to withdraw such Change of Control Purchase Notice in whole or in a portion thereof that is a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof, with respect to the Dollar
Notes, or €100,000 or an integral multiple of €1,000 in excess thereof, with respect to the Euro Notes at any time prior to the close of business on the Business Day next preceding the Change of Control Purchase Date by delivery of a
written notice of withdrawal to the applicable Paying Agent in accordance with Section 3.9 hereof. 
 A Paying Agent shall promptly
notify the Company of the receipt by it of any Change of Control Purchase Notice or written withdrawal thereof. 
 Anything herein to the
contrary notwithstanding, in the case of Global Notes, any Change of Control Purchase Notice may be delivered or withdrawn and such Notes may be surrendered or delivered for purchase in accordance with the Applicable Procedures as in effect from
time to time. 
 If the Change of Control Purchase Date falls after an interest payment record date and on or before the date that is one
Business Day after the next interest payment date, then the interest payment will be payable to the Holder who presents a Note for purchase. 

  
 -48- 








 (d) The Company will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control
with respect to a series of Notes if (1) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer with respect to such series of Notes in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements applicable to a Change of Control Offer
made by the Company set forth in subsection (b) of this Section 3.8 and purchases all Notes of such series properly tendered and not withdrawn under the Change of Control Offer, (2) notice of redemption with respect to such series of
Notes has been given pursuant to Section 3.1 or 3.7 hereof, unless and until there is a default in payment of the applicable redemption price, or (3) after giving effect to such Change of Control, (i) no Default or Event of Default
has occurred and is continuing, (ii) the Change of Control transaction has been approved by the Board of Directors of the Parent, and (iii) the Notes of such series have received an Investment Grade Rating. In addition, a Change of Control
Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditional upon such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of launching the Change of Control Offer. 

(e) The Parent will publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control
Payment Date. If at the time of any such Change of Control, the Euro Notes are listed on the Irish Stock Exchange or any other securities exchange, to the extent required by the Irish Stock Exchange or such other securities exchange, the Parent will
notify the Irish Stock Exchange or such other securities exchange, as applicable, that a Change of Control has occurred and any relevant details relating to such Change of Control. 

(f) The provisions under this Indenture relative to the Company’s obligation to make an offer to repurchase the Notes of a series as a
result of a Change of Control (including any required notice period) may be waived or modified with respect to a series of Notes with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes of that series, including after
the entry into an agreement that would result in the need to make a Change of Control Offer. 
 (g) In the event that Holders of not less
than 90% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes of a series validly tender and do not withdraw such Notes in a Change of Control Offer and the Company purchases all of the Notes of such series validly tendered and not withdrawn by
such Holders, within 60 days of such purchase, the Company will have the right, upon not less than 30 days’ nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, to redeem all of the Notes of such series that remain outstanding following such purchase at a
redemption price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes of such series to, but excluding, the date of redemption. Any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.8(g) shall be made pursuant
to the provisions of Sections 3.1 through 3.6 hereof. 
 Section 3.9 Effect of Change of Control Purchase Notice. Upon receipt
by any Paying Agent of the Change of Control Purchase Notice specified in Section 3.8(c) hereof, the Holder of the Note in respect of which such change of Control Purchase Notice was given shall (unless such Change of Control Purchase Notice is
withdrawn as specified below) thereafter be entitled to receive the Change of Control Purchase Price with respect to such Note. Such Change of Control Purchase Price shall be paid to such Holder promptly following the later of (a) the Change of
Control Purchase Date with respect to such Note (provided the conditions in Section 3.8(c) hereof have been satisfied) and (b) the time of delivery of such Note to a Paying Agent by the Holder thereof in the manner required by
Section 3.8(c) hereof. 
 A Change of Control Purchase Notice may be withdrawn by means of a written notice (which may be delivered by
mail, overnight courier, hand delivery, facsimile transmission or in any other written form and, in the case of Global Notes, may be delivered electronically or by other means in accordance with the applicable Depositary’s customary procedures)
of withdrawal delivered by the Holder to a Paying Agent at any time prior to the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding the 

  
 -49- 








 
Change of Control Purchase Date, specifying the principal amount of the Note or portion thereof (which must be a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof,
with respect to the Dollar Notes, or a principal amount of €100,000 or an integral multiple of €1,000 in excess thereof, with respect to the Euro Notes) with respect to which such notice of withdrawal is being submitted. 

Section 3.10 Deposit of Change of Control Purchase Price. On or before (x) in the case of the Dollar Notes, 11:00 a.m., New
York City time, and (y) in the case of the Euro Notes, 11:00 a.m. London time, on the Change of Control Purchase Date, the Company shall deposit with the Trustee or with a Paying Agent (other than the Company or an Affiliate of the Company) an
amount of money (in immediately available funds if deposited on such Change of Control Purchase Date) sufficient to pay the aggregate Change of Control Purchase Price of all the Notes of such series or portions thereof that are to be purchased as of
such Change of Control Purchase Date. The manner in which the deposit required by this Section 3.10 is made by the Company shall be at the option of the Company, provided that such deposit shall be made in a manner such that the Trustee
or a Paying Agent shall have immediately available funds on the Change of Control Purchase Date. 
 If a Paying Agent holds, in accordance
with the terms hereof, money sufficient to pay the Change of Control Purchase Price of any Note of such series for which a Change of Control Purchase Notice has been tendered and not withdrawn in accordance with this Indenture then, on the Change of
Control Purchase Date, interest will cease to accrue on such Notes or any portion of such Notes as to which a Change of Control Purchase Notice has been tendered and not withdrawn in accordance with this Indenture and all other rights of the Holder
of such Notes will terminate other than the right to receive the Change of Control Purchase Price, without interest from the Change of Control Purchase Date, on surrender of such Notes. 

Section 3.11 Notes Purchased in Part. Any Note that is to be purchased only in part shall be surrendered at the office of a Paying
Agent, and promptly after the Change of Control Purchase Date the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder of such Note, without service charge, a new Note or Notes of the applicable series, of such
authorized denomination or denominations as may be requested by such Holder, in aggregate principal amount equal to, and in exchange for, the portion of the principal amount of the Note so surrendered that is not purchased. 

Section 3.12 Compliance with Securities Laws upon Purchase of Notes. In connection with any offer to purchase or purchase of Notes
under Section 3.8 hereof, the Company shall (a) comply with Rule 14e-1 (or any successor to such Rule), if applicable, under the Exchange Act, and (b) otherwise comply with all United States federal and state securities laws and
Canadian federal, provincial and territorial securities laws in connection with such offer to purchase or purchase of Notes, all so as to permit the rights of the Holders and obligations of the Company under Sections 3.8 through 3.11 hereof to be
exercised in the time and in the manner specified therein. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the Change of Control provisions of this Article 3, the Company will comply with the applicable
securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Article 3 by virtue of such conflict. 

Section 3.13 Repayment to the Company. To the extent that the aggregate amount of cash deposited by the Company pursuant to
Section 3.10 with respect to any series of Notes hereof exceeds the aggregate Change of Control Purchase Price (including interest thereon) of the Notes of such series or portions thereof that the Company is obligated to purchase, then promptly
after the Change of Control Purchase Date, and upon request, the Trustee or a Paying Agent, as the case may be, shall return any such excess cash to the Company. 

  
 -50- 








 Section 3.14 Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds. In the event that,
pursuant to Section 4.14 hereof, the Company is required to commence an offer to all Holders to purchase Notes of a series (“Asset Sale Offer”), it shall follow the procedures specified below. 

The Asset Sale Offer shall be made to all Holders of each series of Notes and all holders of other indebtedness that is pari passu with any
series of Notes containing provisions similar to those set forth in this Indenture with respect to offers to purchase or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets (“Parity Indebtedness”). The Asset Sale Offer shall remain open for
a period of at least 20 Business Days following its commencement and not more than 30 Business Days, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the “Offer Period”). No later than three Business Days
after the termination of the Offer Period (the “Purchase Date”), the Company shall apply a portion of the Excess Proceeds as calculated pursuant to Section 4.14 hereof (the “Offer Amount”) to the purchase of
any series of Notes and such other Parity Indebtedness (on a pro rata basis, if applicable) or, if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all of such series of Notes and other Parity Indebtedness tendered in response to the Asset Sale Offer.
Payment for any series of Notes so purchased shall be made in the same manner as interest payments are made. 
 Upon the commencement of an
Asset Sale Offer, the Company shall send, by first-class mail, a notice to the Trustee and each of the applicable Holders. The notice will contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender such series of Notes
pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. The notice, which will govern the terms of the Asset Sale Offer, will state: 
 (1) that
the Asset Sale Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.14 and Section 4.14 hereof and the length of time the Asset Sale Offer will remain open; 

(2) the Offer Amount, the purchase price and the Purchase Date; 

(3) that with respect to any series of Notes, any Note not tendered or accepted for payment will continue to accrue interest;

 (4) that, unless the Company defaults in making such payment, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Sale
Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Purchase Date; 
 (5) that, with respect to any series of Notes, Holders
electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer may elect to have such series of Notes purchased in a principal amount of $2,000 (or in integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof) with respect to the Dollar Notes or a principal
amount of €100,000 (or in integral multiples of €1,000 in excess thereof) with respect to the Euro Notes; 
 (6)
that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to any Asset Sale Offer shall be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Note completed, or transfer by
book-entry transfer, to the Company, the applicable Depositary, if appointed by the Company, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least three days before the Purchase Date; 

(7) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Company or the applicable Paying Agent, as the case may
be, receives, not later than the expiration of the Offer Period, a facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is
withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased; 

  
 -51- 








 (8) that, if the aggregate principal amount of any series Notes and other Parity
Indebtedness surrendered in connection with the Asset Sale offer exceeds the Offer Amount, the Company shall select such Notes and other Parity Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the principal amount of the applicable series
of Notes and such other Parity Indebtedness surrendered (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Company so that only such Notes in denominations of $2,000 (or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof) with respect to the
Dollar Notes, or €100,000 (or integral multiples of €1,000 in excess thereof) with respect to Euro Notes, will be purchased); and 

(9) that Holders of any series of Notes whose Notes were purchased only in part will be issued new Notes of such series equal
in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of such Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer). 
 On or before the
Purchase Date, the Company shall, to the extent lawful, accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the Offer Amount of the applicable series of Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer, or if less
than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all such Notes tendered, and shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Company in accordance with the terms of
this Section 3.14. The Company, the applicable Depositary or the applicable Paying Agent, as the case may be, shall promptly (but in any case not later than five days after the Purchase Date) mail or deliver to each tendering Holder an amount
equal to the purchase price of the applicable series of Notes tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Company for purchase, and the Company shall promptly issue a new Note of such series, and the Trustee, upon written request from the Company,
shall authenticate and mail or deliver such new Note to such Holder, in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered. Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Company to the Holder thereof.
The Company shall publicly announce the results of the Asset Sale Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Purchase Date. 
 Other than
as specifically provided in this Section 3.14, any purchase pursuant to this Section 3.14 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.1 through 3.6 hereof. 

Section 3.15 Special Mandatory Redemption. 

If the Tender Offer is not consummated on or prior to the Outside Date or if the Parent shall notify the Trustee in writing of the
Parent’s announcement that the Merger Agreement has been terminated or that the Parent has determined that the Tender Offer will not otherwise be pursued, then the Escrow Issuer will, on a day not more than three Business Days following the
Outside Date or the date of such notice, as applicable (such date, the “Special Mandatory Redemption Date”), redeem all of the applicable series of Notes (the “Special Mandatory Redemption”) at a price equal to 100%
of the principal amount of the gross proceeds of such Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest from the Issue Date (the “Special Mandatory Redemption Price”). Notice of the Special Mandatory Redemption will be given promptly to each
Holder of such series at its registered address, to the Trustee and to the Escrow Agent. The Company shall calculate the Special Mandatory Redemption Price. 

ARTICLE 4 
 COVENANTS 

Section 4.1 Payment of Notes. The Company shall promptly make all payments in respect of the Notes on the dates and in the manner
provided in the Notes and this Indenture. An installment of principal or interest shall be considered paid on the date it is due if the Paying Agent (other than the 

  
 -52- 








 
Company) holds by (x) in the case of the Dollar Notes, 11:00 a.m., New York City time and (y) in the case of the Euro Notes, 11:00 a.m. London time, on that date money, deposited by the
Company or an Affiliate thereof, sufficient to pay the installment. Except in the case of a redemption, a Change of Control Offer or an Asset Sale Offer, accrued and unpaid interest on any Note that is payable, and is punctually paid or duly
provided for, on any interest payment date shall be paid to the Person in whose name that Note is registered at the close of business on the record date for such interest at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose. The
Company shall (in immediately available funds), to the fullest extent permitted by law, pay interest on overdue principal (including premium, if any) and overdue installments of interest from the original due date to the date paid, at the rate
applicable to the Note plus 1% per annum, which interest shall be payable on demand. 
 The Company will make payments in respect of
the Notes represented by the Global Notes (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Holder of the Global Note. The Company will make all payments of
principal, interest and premium, if any, with respect to Definitive Notes by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Holders of the Definitive Notes, in the case of a Holder holding an aggregate principal amount
of Notes of any series of $1,000,000 or more with respect to the Dollar Notes or €1,000,000 or more with respect to the Euro Notes, or, if no such account is specified or in the case of a Holder holding an aggregate principal amount of Notes of
any series of less than $1,000,000 with respect to the Dollar Notes or less €1,000,000 than with respect to the Euro Notes, by mailing a check to each such Holder’s registered address. All payments shall be made in immediately available
funds in dollars with respect to the Dollar Notes or euros with respect to the Euro Notes. Payments to any Holder holding an aggregate principal amount of Notes of any series in excess of $1,000,000 with respect to the Dollar Notes shall be made by
wire transfer in immediately available funds to an account maintained by such Holder in the United States, if such Holder has provided wire transfer instructions to the Company at least 10 Business Days prior to the payment date. Payments to any
Holder holding an aggregate principal amount of Notes of any series in excess of €1,000,000 with respect to the Euro Notes shall be made by wire transfer in immediately available funds to an account maintained by such Holder in the United
States, London or Ireland, as applicable, if such Holder has provided wire transfer instructions to the Company at least 10 Business Days prior to the payment date. Any wire transfer instructions received by the Trustee will remain in effect until
revoked by the Holder. 
 Section 4.2 Maintenance of Office or Agency. 

(a) The Company shall maintain in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee
or an affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or co registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for payment, registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be
served. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to
furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee. 

(b) The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for
any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in the
Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, London and Ireland, where applicable, for such purposes. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such
other office or agency. 
 (c) The Company hereby designates the offices of the Trustee set forth in Section 2.3 hereof as one such
office or agency of the Company. 

  
 -53- 








 Section 4.3 Reports. 

(a) Whether or not required by the SEC’s rules and regulations, so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Parent shall furnish (to the
extent not publicly available on the SEC’s EDGAR system) to the Trustee and the Holders of Notes and post on the Parent’s website (in a format that is accessible to Holders of Notes as well as prospective Holders of Notes), within the time
periods specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations: 
 (i) all quarterly and annual reports that would be required to
be filed with the SEC on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Parent were required to file such reports; and 
 (ii) all current
reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Form 8-K if the Parent were required to file such reports. 
 All such reports
shall be prepared in all material respects in accordance with all of the rules and regulations applicable to such reports (other than consolidating financial information required by Rule 3-10 or 3-16 of Regulation S-X or any comparable provision so
long as the Parent complies with Section 4.3(d)). Each annual report on Form 10-K shall include a report on the Parent’s consolidated financial statements by the Parent’s independent registered public accountants. In addition, the
Parent shall file a copy of each of the reports referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) above with the SEC for public availability within the time periods specified in the rules and regulations applicable to such reports (unless the SEC will
not accept such a filing or the Parent is no longer subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act for any reason) and make such information available to securities analysts and prospective investors upon request. For the
avoidance of doubt, the Parent will be required to provide the information described above regardless of whether it continues to file reports with the SEC. 

(b) If, at any time, the Parent is no longer subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act for any reason, the Parent
shall nevertheless continue making the reports specified in Section 4.3(a) hereof available to the Holders of the Notes, prospective investors and securities analysts by posting such information on its website. While the Parent remains subject
to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the Parent agrees that it shall not take any action for the purpose of causing the SEC not to accept any such filings. If, notwithstanding the foregoing, the SEC will not accept the
Parent’s filings for any reason, the Parent shall post the reports referred to in Section 4.3(a) hereof on its website within the time periods that would apply if the Parent were required to file those reports with the SEC. 

(c) The Parent further agrees that, for so long as any Notes remain outstanding, at any time it is not required to file the reports required
by Section 4.3(a) or (b) hereof with the SEC, it shall furnish to the Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the
Securities Act. 
 (d) Following the Assumption Date, the quarterly and annual financial information required by Sections 4.3(a) and
(b) hereof shall include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements, in the footnotes of the financial statements or in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations that discloses the total assets, liabilities, revenues and income from operations of Subsidiaries of the Parent that do not Guarantee the Notes. The Trustee shall not be responsible for determining whether clause 4.3(d) has been
satisfied, nor shall it have any liability in connection therewith. 

  
 -54- 








 (e) Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational
purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Parent’s compliance with any of its covenants
hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officers’ Certificates). 
 (f) Notwithstanding anything herein
to the contrary, in the event that the Parent fails to comply with its obligation to file or provide such information, documents and reports as required by this Section 4.3, the Parent will be deemed to have cured such Default with respect to a
series of Notes for purposes of Section 6.1(d) upon the filing or provision of all such information, documents and reports required hereunder prior to the expiration of 60 days after written notice to the Parent of such failure from the Trustee
or the Holders of at least 25% of the principal amount of such series of Notes. 
 The Parent shall also make available copies of all
reports required by the first paragraph of this covenant, if and for so long as the Euro Notes are listed on the Irish Stock Exchange and admitted for trading on the Global Exchange Market of the Irish Stock Exchange, at the offices of the Paying
Agent in Ireland, upon request or, to the extent and in the manner permitted by such rules, post such reports on the website of the Parent. 

Section 4.4 Compliance Certificates. The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of
the Company (beginning with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2015), an Officers’ Certificate as to the signer’s knowledge of the Company’s compliance with all conditions and covenants on their part contained in this Indenture
and stating whether or not the signer knows of any Default or Event of Default. If such signer knows of such a Default or Event of Default, the Officers’ Certificate shall describe the Default or Event of Default and the efforts to remedy the
same. For the purposes of this Section 4.4, compliance shall be determined without regard to any grace period or requirement of notice provided pursuant to the terms of this Indenture. 

Section 4.5 Further Instruments and Acts. Upon request of the Trustee, the Company will execute and deliver such further
instruments and do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the purposes of this Indenture. 

Section 4.6 Maintenance of Corporate Existence. Subject to Article 5 hereof, the Parent will do or cause to be done all things
necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence and the corporate existence of each Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that the Parent shall not be required to preserve the corporate existence of
any Restricted Subsidiary if (a) the Board of Directors of the Parent shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and that
the loss thereof is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes or (b) if a Subsidiary is to be dissolved, such Subsidiary has no assets. 

Section 4.7 Changes in Covenants When Notes Rated Investment Grade. In the event of the occurrence of a Fall Away Event with
respect to a series of Notes (and notwithstanding the failure of the Company subsequently to maintain an Investment Grade Rating with respect to a series of Notes), the provisions of Sections 4.8, 4.9, 4.12, 4.13 and 4.14 hereof and clause
(iv) of Section 5.1(a) hereof will no longer be applicable to the Notes of such series. 

  
 -55- 








 Section 4.8 Restricted Payments. 

(a) The Parent shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly: 

(i) declare or pay any dividend or make any other payment or distribution on account of the Parent’s or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests (including, without limitation, any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) or to the direct or indirect holders of the
Parent’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests in their capacity as such (other than dividends or distributions payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Parent or to the Parent or a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Parent); 
 (ii) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value (including, without limitation,
in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Parent) any Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Parent; 

(iii) purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, prior to scheduled maturity, scheduled repayment or
scheduled sinking fund payment, any Indebtedness of the Parent or any Note Guarantor that is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or a Note Guarantee, except (i) from the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent or (ii) the
purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of any such Indebtedness made in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of such
purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement; or 
 (iv) make any Restricted Investment 

(all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (i) through (iv) above being collectively referred to as “Restricted
Payments”), unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment: 
 (1) no Default or Event of
Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a consequence of such Restricted Payment; 
 (2) the Parent would,
at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, have been permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional
Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.9(a) hereof; and 
 (3) such
Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries after January 30, 2015 (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (ii) through (ix),
(xi) and (xii) of Section 4.8(b)), is less than the sum, without duplication, of: 
 (A) 50% of the
Consolidated Net Income of the Parent for the period (taken as one accounting period) from October 1, 2014 to the end of the Parent’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of
such Restricted Payment (or, if such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, less 100% of such deficit), plus 

  
 -56- 








 (B) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds (or fair market value of assets)
received by the Parent since January 30, 2015 as a contribution to its common equity capital or from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Parent (other than Disqualified Stock) or from the issue or sale of convertible or exchangeable
Disqualified Stock or convertible or exchangeable debt securities of the Parent that have been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests (other than Equity Interests (or Disqualified Stock or debt securities) sold to a Subsidiary of the
Parent), plus 
 (C) to the extent that any Restricted Investment that was made after January 30, 2015 is sold
for cash or otherwise liquidated or repaid for cash, the lesser of (i) the cash return of capital with respect to such Restricted Investment (less the cost of disposition, if any) or (ii) the initial amount of such Restricted Investment,
plus 
 (D) to the extent that any Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Parent is redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary
after January 30, 2015, the lesser of (i) the Fair Market Value of the Parent’s Investment in such Subsidiary as of the date of such redesignation or (ii) such Fair Market Value as of the date on which such Subsidiary was
originally designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, plus 
 (E) $3.7 billion. 

(b) The preceding provisions shall not prohibit: 

(i) the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration of the dividend, if at the date of declaration the
dividend payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture (it being understood that the amount of any such dividend shall be included in the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments determined in Section 4.8(a)(3) only once and
not as separate Restricted Payments made at both declaration and payment); 
 (ii) any Restricted Payment made in exchange
for, or in an amount equal to the net cash proceeds of, the substantially concurrent sale (other than to the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent) of, Equity Interests of the Parent (other than Disqualified Stock); provided, that
an amount equal to such Restricted Payment will be excluded from clause (3)(B) of Section 4.8(a) hereof; 
 (iii)
the defeasance, redemption, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement of subordinated Indebtedness of the Parent or any Note Guarantor with the net cash proceeds from, or in exchange for, an incurrence of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; 

(iv) the payment of any dividend by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent to the holders of its Equity Interests on a pro rata
basis; 
 (v) so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the repurchase, redemption or other
acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent held by any present or former employee, director, officer or consultant of, or service provider to, the Parent or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any principal and interest payable on any notes issued by the Parent in
connection with any such repurchase, retirement or other acquisition), or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement; provided that the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made under this clause (v) shall not


  
 -57- 








 
exceed in any calendar year $25.0 million (with unused amounts for any year being carried over to the next succeeding year, but not to any subsequent year, with the permitted amount for each year
being used prior to any amount carried over from the previous year); provided further that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed: 

(i) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Parent or its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue
Date; less 
 (ii) the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made with the cash proceeds described in subclause
(i) of this clause (v); 
 (vi) payments to holders of Equity Interests (or to the holders of Indebtedness that is
convertible into or exchangeable for Equity Interests upon such conversion or exchange) in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares; 

(vii) repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur in connection with the exercise or vesting of stock options or similar
instruments to the extent necessary to pay withholding taxes related to such exercise or vesting of stock options or similar instruments; 

(viii) [reserved]; 

(ix) repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests
represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants; 
 (x) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition
or retirement for value of any subordinated Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock pursuant to provisions similar to those described under Section 3.8 and Section 4.14; provided that, prior thereto, all Notes tendered by Holders in
connection with a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, have been repurchased, redeemed or acquired for value; 

(xi) so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the declaration and payment of dividends to
holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Parent or its Restricted Subsidiaries issued in accordance with Section 4.9; and 

(xii) so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, other Restricted Payments; provided,
however, that if the Total Leverage Ratio as of the date of any Restricted Payment to be made pursuant to this clause (xii) is greater than or equal to 3.50 to 1.0, such Restricted Payment shall be permitted to be made pursuant to this
clause (xii) only if the amount of such Restricted Payment, when taken together with the amount of all other Restricted Payments previously made pursuant to this clause (xii), does not exceed $500.0 million in the aggregate. 

(c) The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) shall be the Fair Market Value (determined, for purposes of this covenant, by the
Parent or, in the case of any asset(s) valued in excess of $750.0 million, by the Board of Directors of the Parent) on the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by the Parent or such
Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment. For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.8, in the event that a Restricted Payment meets the criteria of more than one of the categories described
in clauses (i) through (xii) of clause (b) this Section 4.8, including Section 4.8(a) or the definition of “Permitted Investment,” the Company will be permitted to classify such Restricted Payment


  
 -58- 








 
and later reclassify all or a portion of such Restricted Payment in any manner that complies with this covenant. In addition, a Restricted Payment need not be permitted solely by reference to one
provision permitting such Restricted Payment but may be permitted in part by one such provision and in part by one or more other provisions of this covenant permitting such Restricted Payment. 

Section 4.9 Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock. 

(a) The Parent shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume,
guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise (collectively, “incur”), with respect to any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt), and the Parent shall not issue any Disqualified Stock and
shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any Disqualified Stock or preferred stock; provided, however, that the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) or issue
Disqualified Stock and any Restricted Subsidiary may issue preferred stock if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Parent’s most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately
preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or preferred stock is issued would have been at least 2.0 to 1.0, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds
therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred or the Disqualified Stock or preferred stock had been issued, as the case may be, at the beginning of such four-quarter period. 

(b) Subsection (a) of this Section 4.9 shall not prohibit the incurrence of any of the following items of Indebtedness
(collectively, “Permitted Debt”): 
 (i) the incurrence by the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries of
Indebtedness under Credit Facilities in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding under this clause (i) not to exceed $2,500 million; 

(ii) the incurrence by the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries of the Existing Indebtedness; 

(iii) the incurrence by the (x) Company on the Issue Date of Indebtedness represented by the Initial Notes and
(y) Parent and the Note Guarantors of Indebtedness following the Assumption represented by the Initial Notes (including the Note Guarantees and any future Note Guarantees); 

(iv) the incurrence by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness represented by Capital Lease
Obligations, in an aggregate amount, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refund, refinance or replace any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (iv), not to exceed the greater of (x) $275.0 million and
(y) 1.0% of Consolidated Total Assets at any time outstanding; 
 (v) mortgage financings or purchase money obligations,
in each case, incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of construction or improvement of property, plant or equipment used in the business of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent, in an
aggregate principal amount, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refund, refinance or replace any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (v), not to exceed the greater of (x) $675.0 million and (y) 2.5% of
Consolidated Total Assets at any time outstanding; 

  
 -59- 








 (vi) the incurrence by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of
Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to refund, refinance or replace, Indebtedness (other than intercompany Indebtedness) that was permitted by this Indenture to be incurred under
Section 4.9(a) hereof or clause (ii), (iii), (xii) or (xiv) of this Section 4.9(b) or this clause (vi) or, solely to the extent of the excess (if any) of the amount of Indebtedness incurred and outstanding under clause
(xx) of this Section 4.9(b) prior to the applicable refinancing over the maximum aggregate amount permitted to be incurred and outstanding under clause (xx) of this Section 4.9(b) at the time of such refinancing, clause
(xx) of this Section 4.9(b); 
 (vii) the incurrence by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of
intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Parent and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that: 

(A) if a Note Guarantor is the obligor on such Indebtedness and the obligee is not the Parent or another Note Guarantor, such
Indebtedness must be expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all Obligations with respect to the Notes; and 

(B) (i) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such Indebtedness being held by a Person
other than the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent and (ii) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person that is not either the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent shall be deemed, in each case, to
constitute an incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that is not permitted by this clause (vii); 

(viii) (i) the incurrence by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Hedging Obligations that are incurred in the
ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes and (ii) the incurrence by a Securitization Special Purpose Entity of Indebtedness in a Qualified Securitization Transaction that is without recourse to the Parent or to any other
Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent or their assets (other than Standard Securitization Undertakings); 
 (ix) the Guarantee
by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent of Indebtedness of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary that was permitted to be incurred under this Section 4.9 (other than the Note Guarantees); provided that if the
Indebtedness being guaranteed is subordinated to or pari passu with the Notes or any Note Guarantee, then the Guarantee shall be subordinated to the same extent as the Indebtedness guaranteed; 

(x) the accrual of interest, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest on any
Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, and the payment of dividends on Disqualified Stock in the form of additional shares of the same class of Disqualified Stock will not be deemed to be an incurrence of
Indebtedness or an issuance of Disqualified Stock for purposes of this covenant; provided, in each such case, that the amount thereof is included in Fixed Charges of the Parent as accrued; 

(xi) obligations in respect of performance and surety bonds and completion guarantees or similar obligations provided by the
Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent in each case in the normal course of business (whether or not consistent with past practice); 

  
 -60- 








 (xii) the incurrence by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of
Acquired Debt; provided, however, that on the date of acquisition and after giving effect thereto on a pro forma basis, the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Parent (A) would be at least 2.0 to 1.0 or (B) would be equal to
or greater than such Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio immediately prior to such acquisition; 
 (xiii) the incurrence by any
Foreign Subsidiary of Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refund, refinance or replace any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (xiii), not to
exceed the greater of (x) $675.0 million or (y) 2.5% of Consolidated Total Assets; 
 (xiv) Indebtedness of the
Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary incurred in connection with or in contemplation of, or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized to consummate, the acquisition by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent
of property used or useful in a Permitted Business (whether through the direct purchase of assets or the purchase of Capital Stock of, or merger or consolidation with, any Person owning such assets); provided, however, on the date of
such incurrence and after giving effect thereto on a pro forma basis, the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Parent (A) would be at least 2.0 to 1.0 or (B) would be equal to or greater than such Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio immediately
prior to such incurrence; 
 (xv) Indebtedness incurred by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries constituting
reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, including letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, death, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or
liability insurance or self-insurance, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement-type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims; provided, however, that upon the drawing of such letters of credit or the
incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing or incurrence; 

(xvi) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument
drawn against insufficient funds, provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of notice of its incurrence; 

(xvii) Indebtedness of the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries supported by a letter of credit issued pursuant to the
Credit Facilities, in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit; 
 (xviii) Indebtedness
of the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries consisting of (i) the financing of insurance premiums or (ii) take-or-pay or similar obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of
business; 
 (xix) the incurrence by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of additional Indebtedness in an
aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) at any time outstanding, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refund, refinance or replace any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (xix), not to exceed
the greater of (x) $675.0 million and (y) 2.5% of Consolidated Total Assets; and 
 (xx) the incurrence by the
Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness secured by a Lien under Credit Facilities in an aggregate principal amount such that, on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the proceeds therefrom), the Secured
Leverage Ratio would not exceed 3.50 to 1.00. 

  
 -61- 








 (c) The Parent shall not, and shall not permit any Note Guarantor to, incur any Indebtedness
(including Permitted Debt) that is contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Parent or the Note Guarantors unless such Indebtedness is also contractually subordinated in right of payment to the Notes on
substantially identical terms; provided, however, that no Indebtedness of the Parent or the Note Guarantors shall be deemed to be contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Parent or any Note
Guarantor solely by virtue of being unsecured or having a junior lien priority. 
 (d) For purposes of determining compliance with this
Section 4.9, in the event that an item of proposed Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt described in clauses (i) through (xx) of Section 4.9(b) hereof, or is entitled to be incurred
pursuant to subsection (a) of this Section 4.9, the Company shall be permitted to classify such item of Indebtedness on the date of its incurrence, or later reclassify from time to time all or a portion of such item of Indebtedness, in any
manner that complies with this Section 4.9. Indebtedness permitted by this Section 4.9 need not be permitted solely by reference to one clause permitting such Indebtedness but may be permitted in part by one such clause and in part by one
or more other clauses of this Section 4.9 permitting such Indebtedness. Indebtedness under Credit Facilities outstanding on the Issue Date will be deemed to have been incurred on such date in reliance on the exception provided by clause
(xx) of Section 4.9(b) hereof. 
 (e) In addition, for purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.9, the Company
or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary may, pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee, elect to treat all or any portion of the commitment under any Indebtedness (including with respect to any revolving loan commitment) as
being incurred at the time of such commitment, in which case any subsequent incurrence of Indebtedness under such commitment shall not be deemed to be an incurrence at such subsequent time. 

Section 4.10 [Reserved]. 

Section 4.11 Liens. 

(a) The Parent shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer
to exist any Lien of any kind on any asset now owned or hereafter acquired, except Permitted Liens, unless contemporaneously therewith: 

(i) in the case of any Lien securing an obligation that ranks pari passu with the Notes or a Note Guarantee,
effective provision is made to secure the Notes or such Note Guarantee, as the case may be, equally and ratably with or prior to such obligation with a Lien on the same assets of the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be; and 

(ii) in the case of any Lien securing an obligation that is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or a Note Guarantee,
effective provision is made to secure the Notes or such Note Guarantee, as the case may be, with a Lien on the same assets of the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that is prior to the Lien securing such subordinated
obligation. 
 Any Lien created for the benefit of Holders pursuant to this Section 4.11 shall be automatically and unconditionally
released and discharged, without any action on the part of Holders, upon the release and discharge of each of the Liens described in clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 4.11. 

  
 -62- 








 Section 4.12 Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted
Subsidiaries. 
 (a) The Parent shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or
permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any such Restricted Subsidiary to: 

(i) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or
pay any indebtedness owed to the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (ii) make loans or advances to the Parent
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or 
 (iii) transfer any of its properties or assets to the Parent or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries. 
 (b) The restrictions set forth in Section 4.12(a) hereof shall not apply to encumbrances or restrictions
existing under or by reason of: 
 (i) agreements, including agreements governing Existing Indebtedness as in effect on the
date of this Indenture and any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of those agreements, provided that the amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals,
increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Parent, not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such dividend and other payment restrictions than those contained in
those agreements on the date of this Indenture; 
 (ii) this Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees; 

(iii) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to Credit Facilities incurred under clause (i) or (xx) of
Section 4.9(b) hereof; 
 (iv) applicable law, rule, regulation or order, approval, license, permit or similar
restriction, including under contracts with foreign governments or agencies thereof entered into in the ordinary course of business; 

(v) any instrument governing Indebtedness, Capital Stock or assets of a Person acquired by the Parent or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries as in effect at the time of such acquisition (except to the extent such Indebtedness was incurred, or such Capital Stock was issued, in connection with or in contemplation of such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not
applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired and any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings,
replacements or refinancings of those agreements provided that the amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Parent, not materially more
restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such dividend and other payment restrictions than those contained in those agreements on the date of the acquisition, provided that, in the case of Indebtedness, such Indebtedness was permitted
to be incurred under Section 4.9 hereof; 
 (vi) customary non-assignment provisions in leases, contracts and licenses
entered into in the ordinary course of business; 

  
 -63- 








 (vii) purchase money obligations for property that impose restrictions on that
property of the nature described in clause (iii) of Section 4.12(a) hereof; 
 (viii) any agreement for the sale or
other disposition of a Restricted Subsidiary that restricts distributions, transfers, loans or advances by that Restricted Subsidiary pending its sale or other disposition; 

(ix) Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; provided that the restrictions contained in the agreements governing such
Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness are not, in the good faith judgment of the Parent, materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the agreements governing the Indebtedness being refinanced; 

(x) Permitted Liens securing Indebtedness that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets subject to such Liens;

 (xi) customary provisions in joint venture agreements, asset sale agreements, stock sale agreements and other similar
agreements entered into with the approval of the Board of Directors of the Parent or otherwise in the ordinary course of business; 

(xii) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary
course of business; 
 (xiii) restrictions in agreements or instruments which prohibit the payment or making of dividends or
other distributions other than on a pro rata basis; 
 (xiv) contractual requirements of a Securitization Special Purpose
Entity in connection with a Qualified Securitization Transaction; provided that such restrictions apply only to such Securitization Special Purpose Entity; and 

(xv) any agreement or instrument governing Indebtedness or Preferred Stock permitted to be incurred subsequent to the Issue
Date pursuant to Section 4.9 hereof which encumbrances or restrictions (x) are not, in the good faith judgment of the Parent, materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in this Indenture or (y) will not, in
the good faith judgment of the Parent, affect the ability of the Parent to make anticipated payments of principal, interest or premium on the Notes. 

Section 4.13 Transactions with Affiliates. 

(a) The Parent shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or
otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any
Affiliate (each, an “Affiliate Transaction”) involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $100.0 million, unless: 

(i) the Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are no less favorable, taken as a whole, to the Parent or the relevant
Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person, as determined by the Parent in good faith; and 

(ii) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in
excess of $750.0 million, such Affiliate Transaction has been approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Parent. 

  
 -64- 








 (b) The following items shall be deemed not to be Affiliate Transactions and, therefore, will not
be subject to the provisions of Section 4.13(a) hereof: 
 (i) any employment agreement or benefit or similar plan
entered into by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business of the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary; 

(ii) transactions between or among the Parent and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries; 

(iii) transactions with a Person that is an Affiliate of the Parent solely because the Parent owns, directly or through a
Restricted Subsidiary, an Equity Interest in, or controls, such Person; 
 (iv) the payment of reasonable compensation and
fees to, and the provision of customary indemnities to, current or former officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 

(v) issuances or sales of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Parent to Affiliates or employees of or
consultants to the Parent; 
 (vi) Restricted Payments that are permitted by the provisions of Section 4.8 hereof and
Permitted Investments; 
 (vii) transactions effected pursuant to agreements in effect on the date of this Indenture and any
amendment, modification or replacement to such agreement (so long the as amendment, modification or replacement is not, in the good faith judgment of the Parent, materially more disadvantageous to the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary, taken as a
whole, than the terms of those agreements in effect on the date of this Indenture); 
 (viii) [reserved]; 

(ix) transactions with a Permitted Joint Venture in which the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary holds or acquires an
ownership interest (whether by way of Capital Stock or otherwise) so long as the terms of any such transactions, in the good faith judgment of the Parent, are not materially less favorable, taken as a whole, to the Parent or such Restricted
Subsidiary than they are to other joint venture partners; 
 (x) any agreement that grants registration and other customary
rights in connection therewith or otherwise to the direct or indirect securityholders of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary (and the performance of such agreements); 

(xi) transactions with Affiliates solely in their capacity as Holders of Indebtedness or Capital Stock of the Parent or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries, where such Affiliates receive the same consideration as non-Affiliates in such transactions; 

(xii) transactions affected as part of a Qualified Securitization Transaction; 

  
 -65- 








 (xiii) transactions in which the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case
may be, delivers to the Trustee a letter from an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing stating that such transaction meets the requirements of Section 4.13(a)(i); and 

(xiv) the consummation of the Assumption and the Acquisition. 

Section 4.14 Asset Sales. 

(a) The Parent shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless: 

(i) the Parent (or its Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives consideration at the time of the Asset Sale at least
equal to the Fair Market Value (determined, for purposes of this clause (i), by the Parent or, in the case of any asset(s) valued in excess of $750.0 million, by the Board of Directors of the Parent) of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold
or otherwise disposed of; and 
 (ii) except in the case of a Permitted Asset Swap, at least 75% of the consideration
received in the Asset Sale by the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents. For purposes of this provision, each of the following will be deemed to be cash: 

(A) any liabilities, as shown on the Parent’s most recent consolidated balance sheet, of the Parent or any Restricted
Subsidiary (other than contingent liabilities and liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes and the Note Guarantees) (i) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets pursuant to an agreement that releases the Parent
or such Restricted Subsidiary from further liability or (ii) that are discharged by the transferee in a transaction pursuant to which neither the Parent nor any Restricted Subsidiary has any liability following such Asset Sale; 

(B) any securities, notes or other obligations received by the Parent or any such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee
that are converted by the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash within 180 days after the consummation of the applicable Asset Sale, to the extent of the cash received in that conversion; and 

(C) any Designated Noncash Consideration having an aggregate Fair Market Value that, when taken together with all other
Designated Noncash Consideration previously received and then outstanding, does not exceed at the time of the receipt of such Designated Noncash Consideration (with the Fair Market Value of each item of Designated Noncash Consideration being
measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value) the greater of $800.0 million or 3.0% of Consolidated Total Assets. 

(b) Within 450 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale, the Parent or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary may apply an
amount equal to those Net Proceeds: 
 (i) to repay Indebtedness and other Obligations under (w) a Credit Facility and,
if the Indebtedness repaid is revolving credit Indebtedness, to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto, (x) other secured Indebtedness (provided, in the case of (x), that such Indebtedness is not subordinated in right of
payment to the Notes), (y) other Indebtedness which ranks pari passu in right of payment with the Notes (provided, in the case of (y), that the 

  
 -66- 








 
Company shall equally and ratably reduce obligations under each series of the Notes in accordance with Section 3.7 hereof, through privately negotiated transactions or open market purchases
(in each case, provided that such purchases are at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof), or by making an offer (in accordance with Section 4.14(c)) to all Holders to purchase, at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount
thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, the pro rata principal amount of such series of Notes or (z) other Indebtedness of a Subsidiary that does not Guarantee the Notes, so long as the relevant assets were assets of such Subsidiary; 

(ii) to acquire all or substantially all of the assets of, or a majority of the Voting Stock of, another Permitted Business or
the minority interest in any Permitted Business; 
 (iii) to make payments with respect to the acquisition or license of
intellectual property rights that are used in a Permitted Business; 
 (iv) to make a capital expenditure in or that is
useful in a Permitted Business; 
 (v) to retire Notes (x) pursuant to Section 3.7 hereof, (y) through
privately negotiated transactions or open market purchases or (z) by making an offer to purchase Notes in accordance with Section 4.14(c); or 

(vi) to acquire other assets that are not classified as current assets (for the avoidance of doubt, including acquisitions of
in-process research and development) under GAAP and that are used or useful in a Permitted Business; 
 provided that a
binding commitment to apply any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale as set forth in clauses (ii), (iii), (iv) or (vi) of this Section 4.14(b) shall be treated as a permitted application of the Net Proceeds from the date of such commitment
so long as the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary enters into such commitment with the good faith expectation that such Net Proceeds will be applied to satisfy such commitment within 180 days of the end of such 450-day period (an “Acceptable
Commitment”) and, in the event any Acceptable Commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before the Net Proceeds are applied in connection therewith, then the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary shall be permitted to apply the
Net Proceeds in any manner set forth above before the expiration of such 180-day period and, in the event the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary fails to do so, then such Net Proceeds shall constitute Excess Proceeds. 

Notwithstanding Sections 4.14(a) and 4.14(b), the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries will not be required to apply an amount equal to any
Net Proceeds in accordance with this covenant except to the extent that the aggregate Net Proceeds from all Asset Sales which are not applied in accordance with this covenant exceed the greater of $275.0 million or 1.0% of Consolidated Total Assets
at the time of receipt of such Net Proceeds. Pending application of an amount equal to Net Proceeds pursuant to this Section 4.14, the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary may temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest the
Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by this Indenture. 
 (c) Any Net Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not applied or
invested as provided in Section 4.14(b) hereof shall constitute “Excess Proceeds.” When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds the greater of $275.0 million or 1.0% of Consolidated Total Assets, the Company shall make
an offer (an “Asset Sale Offer”) to all Holders of Notes and all holders of Parity Indebtedness to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes and such other Parity Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the amount of such
Excess Proceeds. The offer price in any Asset Sale Offer shall be 

  
 -67- 








 
equal to 100% of principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but not including, the date of purchase, and shall be payable in cash. If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of
an Asset Sale Offer, the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries may use the amount of such Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other Parity Indebtedness tendered
into such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Company shall select the Notes and such other Parity Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis. Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds
shall be reset at zero. 
 (d) The Company shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities
laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with each repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict
with the Asset Sale provisions of this Indenture, the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the Asset Sale provisions of this Indenture by virtue of
such compliance. 
 Section 4.15 Additional Note Guarantees. If any one of the Company’s Subsidiaries that is not a Note
Guarantor Guarantees any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, that Subsidiary shall (i) execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee and a notation of Note
Guarantee substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto or, in the case that such Subsidiary of the Company is a Canadian Note Guarantor, a Canadian Note Guarantee, pursuant to which such Subsidiary shall unconditionally Guarantee, on a senior
unsecured (unless the Notes of the applicable series are secured pursuant to Section 4.11) basis, all of the Company’s obligations under the Notes and this Indenture on the terms set forth in this Indenture and, if applicable, the Canadian
Note Guarantee, and (ii) deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel that such supplemental indenture and notation of Note Guarantee or, if applicable, Canadian Note Guarantee, has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such
Subsidiary and constitutes a legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligation of such Subsidiary. Thereafter, such Subsidiary shall be a Note Guarantor for all purposes hereof until such Note Guarantee is released in accordance herewith. 

Section 4.16 Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries. The Parent’s Board of Directors may designate any
Restricted Subsidiary (other than Valeant) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if that designation would not cause a Default. Any designation of a Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be deemed to be a designation of each of such entity’s
Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries. If a Restricted Subsidiary is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the aggregate Fair Market Value of all outstanding Investments owned by the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the Subsidiary
designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to be an Investment made as of the time of the designation and will reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.8 hereof or under one or more of the clauses of the
definition of “Permitted Investments,” as determined by the Parent. That designation will only be permitted if the Investment would be permitted at that time and if the Restricted Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an
Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Parent’s Board of Directors may redesignate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary if the redesignation would not cause a Default; provided that such redesignation will be deemed to be an
incurrence of Indebtedness and, if applicable, an incurrence of related Liens by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent of any outstanding Indebtedness and, if applicable, related Liens of such Unrestricted Subsidiary and such redesignation will only
be permitted if such Indebtedness and, if applicable, related Liens are permitted under Section 4.9 hereof and, if applicable, Section 4.11 hereof (other than clause (3) under the definition of Permitted Liens), calculated, if
applicable, on a pro forma basis as if such designation had occurred at the beginning of the four-quarter reference period. 

  
 -68- 








 Section 4.17 Business Activities. The Parent shall not, and shall not permit any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries to, engage in any business other than Permitted Businesses, except to such extent as would not be material to the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole. 

Section 4.18 [Reserved]. 

Section 4.19 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws. The Company covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it shall not at
any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law or other law which would prohibit or forgive the Company from paying all or any portion of the principal of,
premium, if any, or interest on the Notes as contemplated herein, wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, or which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture, and the Company (to the extent it may lawfully do so)
hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law and covenant that it will not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of
every such power as though no such law had been enacted. 
 Section 4.20 Notice of Default. In the event that any Default or
Event of Default under Section 6.1 hereof shall occur, the Company shall give prompt written notice of such Default or Event of Default to the Trustee. 

Section 4.21 Payment of Additional Amounts. 

(a) All payments made by or on behalf of the Company under or with respect to the Notes, or by or on behalf of any Note Guarantor under or
with respect to any Note Guarantee (each such Person, a “Payor”) will be made free and clear of any withholding or deduction for or on account of any tax, duty, levy, impost, assessment or other governmental charge of whatever
nature (collectively, “Tax”) imposed or levied by or on behalf of any jurisdiction in which such Payor is organized, resident or doing business for tax purposes or from or through which such Payor makes any payment on the Notes or
its Note Guarantee or any department or political subdivision of any of the foregoing (each, a “Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction”), unless an applicable withholding agent is required to withhold or deduct Taxes by law. If an applicable
withholding agent is required by law to withhold or deduct any amount for or on account of Taxes of any Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction from any payment made under or with respect to any Notes or Note Guarantee, the Payor, subject to the exceptions
listed below, will pay additional amounts (“Additional Amounts”) as may be necessary to ensure that the net amount received by each Holder or beneficial owner of the Notes after such withholding or deduction (including withholding
or deduction attributable to Additional Amounts payable hereunder) will not be less than the amount the Holder or beneficial owner would have received if such Taxes had not been withheld or deducted. 

(b) A Payor will not, however, pay Additional Amounts to a Holder or beneficial owner of Notes: 

(i) to the extent the Taxes giving rise to such Additional Amounts would not have been imposed but for the existence of any
present or former connection between the Holder or beneficial owner (or between a fiduciary, settler, beneficiary, member or shareholder of, or possessor of a power over, such Holder or beneficial owner, if such Holder or beneficial owner is an
estate, trust, partnership or corporation) and the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction (other than any connection resulting solely from the acquisition, ownership, holding or disposition of Notes, the receipt of payments thereunder or under any Note
Guarantee and/or the exercise or enforcement of rights under any Notes or any Note Guarantee); 

  
 -69- 








 (ii) to the extent the Taxes giving rise to such Additional Amounts would not
have been imposed but for the failure of the Holder or beneficial owner of Notes, following the Company’s or the Payor’s written request addressed to the Holder, to the extent such Holder or beneficial owner is legally eligible to do so,
to comply with any certification, identification, information or other reporting requirements, whether required by statute, treaty, regulation or administrative practice of a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction, as a precondition to exemption from, or
reduction in the rate of deduction or withholding of, Taxes imposed by the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction (including, without limitation, a certification that the Holder or beneficial owner is not resident in the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction); 

(iii) with respect to any estate, inheritance, gift, sales or any similar Taxes; 

(iv) to the extent the Taxes giving rise to such Additional Amounts would not have been imposed but for the presentation by the
Holder or beneficial owner of any Note, where presentation is required, for payment on a date more than 30 days after the date on which payment became due and payable or the date on which payment thereof is duly provided for, whichever occurs
later; 
 (v) with respect to any withholding or deduction that is imposed on a payment to an individual and that is required
to be made pursuant to European Council Directive 2003/48/EC on the taxation of savings income which was adopted by the ECOFIN Council on June 3, 2003 or any law or agreement whether or not solely between Member States of the European Union
implementing or complying with, or introduced in order to conform to or supplement, such directive (the “EU Savings Tax Directive”) or is required to be made pursuant to the Agreement between the European Community and the Swiss
Confederation dated October 26, 2004 providing for measures equivalent to those laid down in the EU Savings Tax Directive or any law or other governmental regulation implementing or complying with, or introduced in order to conform to, such
agreement; 
 (vi) to the extent the Taxes giving rise to such Additional Amounts would not have been imposed but for the
Holder or beneficial owner not dealing at arm’s length, within the meaning of the Income Tax Act (Canada), with such Payor; 

(vii) to the extent the Taxes giving rise to such Additional Amounts would not have been imposed but for such Holder or
beneficial owner being, or not dealing at arm’s length (within the meaning of the Income Tax Act (Canada)) with, a “specified shareholder” of the Company as defined in subsection 18(5) of the Income Tax Act (Canada) for
purposes of the thin capitalization rules in the Income Tax Act (Canada); 
 (viii) to the extent the Taxes giving
rise to such Additional Amounts are United States federal withholding taxes imposed pursuant to Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), as in effect on the date hereof (or any
amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future regulations, official interpretations or administrative authority promulgated thereunder and any agreements entered
into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code as in effect on the date hereof (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), and, for the avoidance of doubt, any
intergovernmental agreement (and related legislation, rules or practices) implementing the foregoing (taken together, “FATCA”), except to the extent that such Taxes result from a failure of any Paying Agent to comply with FATCA; and

 (ix) any combination of items (i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (v), (vi), (vii) and (viii). 

  
 -70- 








 (c) The applicable withholding agent will (i) make any such withholding or deduction
required by applicable law and (ii) remit the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant authority in accordance with applicable law. The Payor, as the applicable withholding agent, will make reasonable efforts to obtain certified copies
of tax receipts evidencing the payment of any Taxes so deducted or withheld from each Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction imposing such Taxes. The Payor, as the applicable withholding agent, will provide to the Trustee, within a reasonable time after the
date the payment of any Taxes so deducted or withheld are due pursuant to applicable law, either a certified copy or tax receipts evidencing such payment, or, if such tax receipts are not reasonably available to the Payor, such other documentation
that provides reasonable evidence of such payment by the Payor. 
 (d) Where Tax is payable pursuant to Regulation 803 of the Income Tax
Act (Canada) by a Holder or beneficial owner of the Notes in respect of any amount payable under the Notes to the Holder (other than by reason of a transfer of the Notes to a person resident in Canada with whom the transferor does not deal at
arm’s length for the purposes of such Act), but no Additional Amount is paid in respect of such Tax, the Payor will pay as or on account of interest to the Holder an amount equal to such Tax within 45 days after receiving from the Holder a
notice containing reasonable particulars of the Tax so payable, provided such Holder or beneficial owner would have been entitled to receive Additional Amounts on account of such Tax (and only to the extent of such Additional Amounts that such
Holder or beneficial owner would have been entitled to receive) but for the fact that it is payable otherwise than by deduction or withholding from payments made under or with respect to the Notes. 

(e) Prior to the date on which the payment of any Additional Amounts are due, the Payor will deliver to the Trustee an Officers’
Certificate stating that such Additional Amounts will be payable on the applicable payment date, and setting forth the Additional Amounts so payable and will also set forth such other information necessary to enable the Trustee to pay such
Additional Amounts to Holders on the applicable payment date. Any such Officers’ Certificate will be delivered to the Trustee at least two Business Days in advance of when the payments in question are required to be made (unless a shorter
period of time is acceptable to the Trustee in its reasonable discretion). The Payor will promptly publish a notice in accordance with Section 11.2 hereof stating that such Additional Amounts will be payable and describing the obligation to pay
such amounts. 
 (f) The Payors, jointly and severally, will reimburse the Holders of Notes, upon written request of such Holder of Notes
and certified proof of payment for the amount of (i) any Taxes levied or imposed by a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction and payable by such Holder in connection with payments made under or with respect to the Notes or under or with respect to any
Note Guarantee; and (ii) any Taxes levied or imposed with respect to any reimbursement under the foregoing clause (i) or this clause (ii), so that the net amount received by such Holder after such reimbursement will not be less than the
net amount such Holder would have received if the Taxes giving rise to the reimbursement described in clauses (i) and/or (ii) had not been imposed, provided, however, that the indemnification obligation provided for in this
Section 4.21(f) shall not extend to Taxes imposed for which the Holder of the Notes would not have been eligible to receive payment of Additional Amounts hereunder by virtue of clauses (i) through (ix) of Section 4.21(b) hereof,
or to the extent such Holder received Additional Amounts with respect to such payments. 
 (g) In addition, the Payor will pay any stamp,
issue, registration, court, documentary, excise or other similar taxes, charges and duties, including interest and penalties with respect thereto, imposed by any Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction at any time in respect of the execution, issuance,
registration or delivery of the Notes or any Note Guarantee or any other document or instrument referred to thereunder and any such taxes, charges or duties imposed by any Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction at any time as a result


  
 -71- 








 
of, or in connection with, (i) any payments made pursuant to the Notes, any Note Guarantee or any other such document or instrument referred to thereunder and/or (ii) the enforcement of
the Notes or any Note Guarantee or any other such document or instrument referred to thereunder. 
 (h) The obligations described under this
Section 4.21 will survive any termination, defeasance or discharge of this Indenture and will apply mutatis mutandis to any successor Person to any Payor and to any jurisdiction in which such successor is organized, doing business or is
otherwise resident for Tax purposes or any jurisdiction from or through which payment is made by such successor or its respective agents. 

(i) Whenever this Indenture refers to, in any context, the payment of principal, premium, if any, interest or any other amount payable under
or with respect to any Note or under any Note Guarantee, such reference includes the payment of Additional Amounts or other payments that would be payable pursuant to this Section 4.21, if applicable. 

Section 4.22 Escrow of Proceeds 

(a) The Company shall apply the Escrowed Property in accordance with the terms of the Escrow Agreement. 

(b) The Company shall only be entitled to direct the Escrow Agent to release to it portions of the Escrowed Property upon satisfaction of the
conditions set forth in the Escrow Agreement. 
 Section 4.23 Activities Prior to the Assumption 

(a) Prior to the Assumption Date, the Company shall be a wholly owned subsidiary of the Parent and its primary activities shall be limited to
issuing the Notes, issuing common shares to, and receiving consideration therefor from, the Parent, performing its obligations in respect of the Notes under this Indenture and the Escrow Agreement, investing the Escrow Proceeds in accordance with
the terms of the Escrow Agreement, consummating the Assumption, redeeming the Notes on the Special Mandatory Redemption Date, if applicable, and conducting such other activities as are necessary or appropriate to carry out the activities described
above. The Escrow Issuer shall not own, hold or otherwise have any interest in any assets other than pursuant to the Escrow Agreement. 

(b) To the extent the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary has incurred Indebtedness, made any Restricted Payments, consummated any Asset Sale
or otherwise taken any action or engaged in any activities during the period beginning on the Issue Date and ending on the Assumption Date, such actions and activities shall be treated and classified under this Indenture (including but not limited
to impacting relevant baskets and determining whether a Default or Event of Default would have occurred as of the Assumption Date for purposes of the release conditions set forth in the Escrow Agreement) as if this Indenture and the covenants set
forth herein had applied to the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period. 
 ARTICLE 5 

MERGER, CONSOLIDATION OR SALE OF ASSETS 

Section 5.1 Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets. 

(a) The Company shall not, directly or indirectly, (1) consolidate, amalgamate or merge with or into another Person (whether or not the
Company is the surviving corporation) or (2) sell, assign, 

  
 -72- 








 
transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in one or more related
transactions, to another Person, unless: 
 (i) either (x) the Company is the surviving corporation; or (y) the
Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation, amalgamation or merger (if other than the Company) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made is organized and validly existing under the laws of
the United States, any state of the United States or the District of Columbia or under the laws of Canada or any province thereof (provided that if such entity is not a corporation, a co-obligor of the Notes is a corporation); 

(ii) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation, amalgamation or merger (if other than the Company) or the Person
to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made expressly assumes all the obligations of the Company under the Notes and this Indenture pursuant to agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee; 

(iii) immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; 

(iv) either (a) the Company or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation, amalgamation or merger (if other
than the Company), or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made shall, on the date of such transaction after giving pro forma effect thereto and any related financing transactions as if the same had
occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.9(a) hereof or (b) the Company or the
Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation, amalgamation or merger (if other than the Company) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made would, on the date of such transaction after giving
pro forma effect thereto and any related financing transactions as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, have a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries that would
be equal to or greater than such ratio for such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such action; provided that this clause (iv) shall not apply in respect of the Assumption; and 

(v) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that such consolidation, amalgamation,
merger, conveyance, transfer or lease and, if a supplemental indenture is required in connection with such transaction, such supplemental indenture complies with this Article and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such
transaction have been complied with. 
 (b) The Company may not, directly or indirectly, lease all or substantially all of its properties or
assets, in one or more related transactions, to any other Person; provided that this clause (b) shall not apply in respect of the Assumption. 

(c) The Parent will not permit any Note Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, (1) consolidate, amalgamate or merge with or into another
Person; or (2) sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to another Person unless: 

(i) except in the case of a Note Guarantor (x) that has been disposed of in its entirety to another Person (other than to
the Parent or an Affiliate of the Company), whether through a 

  
 -73- 








 
merger, amalgamation, consolidation or sale of Capital Stock or assets or (y) that, as a result of the disposition of all or a portion of its Capital Stock, ceases to be a Subsidiary of the
Parent, in both cases in compliance with its obligations pursuant to Section 4.14 in respect of such disposition, the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (if not such Note Guarantor) shall be a Person organized and existing under the laws
of the jurisdiction under which such Subsidiary was organized or under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia, and such Person shall expressly assume, by a guarantee agreement in a form reasonably
satisfactory to the Trustee, all the obligations of such Note Guarantor under its Note Guarantee; and 
 (ii) immediately
after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing: (A) any Restricted Subsidiary may
consolidate or amalgamate with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Parent or any Note Guarantor and (B) the Company may merge or amalgamate with an Affiliate of the Company solely for the purpose of
reincorporating the Company in another jurisdiction within the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia or Canada or any province thereof or converting the Company into a limited liability company organized under the
United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia or Canada or any province thereof (provided that a co-obligor of the Notes is a corporation). 

Section 5.2 Successor Substituted. Upon any consolidation of the Company with, or merger or amalgamation of the Company into, any
other Person or any conveyance, transfer or lease of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company in accordance with Section 5.1 hereof, the successor Person formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is
merged or to which such conveyance, transfer or lease is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as
the Company herein, and thereafter, except in the case of a lease, the predecessor Person shall be relieved of all obligations and covenants under this Indenture and the Notes. 

ARTICLE 6 
 DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

 Section 6.1 Events of Default. Each of the following is an “Event of Default” with respect to a series of
Notes: 
 (a) default in the payment of any principal of (including, without limitation, any premium, if any, on) such series of Notes when
the same becomes due and payable (whether at maturity, upon a Redemption Date, Change of Control Purchase Date, Purchase Date or otherwise); 

(b) default in the payment of any interest payable on such series of Notes when the same becomes due and payable and the Default continues for
a period of 30 days; 
 (c) failure by the Company, the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries 

(i) to comply with any of the provisions of Sections 3.8, 3.14 or 4.14 of this Indenture with respect to such series, which
failure remains uncured for 30 days after notice; or 
 (ii) to comply with the provisions described in Section 5.1 of
this Indenture; 

  
 -74- 








 (d) the Company, the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries fails to comply with any of the
other covenants contained in such series of Notes or this Indenture with respect to such series and the Default continues for 60 days after notice to the Company from the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of such
series of Notes then outstanding; 
 (e) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which
there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is Guaranteed by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) whether such Indebtedness or
Guarantee now exists, or is created after the date of this Indenture, if that default: 
 (i) is caused by a failure to pay
principal when due on such Indebtedness within any applicable grace period provided in such Indebtedness (a “Payment Default”); or 

(ii) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity, and, in each case, the principal amount of
any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $250.0 million or more; 

(f) failure by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay final non-appealable judgments aggregating in excess of $250.0 million,
which judgments are not paid, discharged, stayed or subject to insurance for a period of 60 days after becoming final; 
 (g) any Note
Guarantee by a Significant Subsidiary ceases to be in full force and effect in all material respects (except as contemplated by the terms thereof) or any Note Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary denies or disaffirms such Note Guarantor’s
obligations under this Indenture or any Note Guarantee and such Default continues for 10 days after receipt of the notice as specified in this Indenture; 

(h) the Parent, any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would
constitute a Significant Subsidiary, pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law: 
 (i) commences a voluntary
case or proceeding; 
 (ii) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case or proceeding;

 (iii) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property; or 

(iv) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; 

(i) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that: 

(i) is for relief against the Parent, any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted
Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case or proceeding; 
 (ii)
appoints a Custodian of the Parent, any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a 

  
 -75- 








 
Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property of the Parent, any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that,
taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; or 
 (iii) orders the liquidation of the Parent, any Restricted
Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; 

and in each case the order or decree described in this clause (i) remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days; and 

(j) the failure by the Company to pay or cause to be paid the Special Mandatory Redemption Price on the Special Mandatory Redemption Date, if
any. 
 Any notice given pursuant to Section 6.1(d) hereof must be in writing and must specify the Default, demand that it be remedied
and state that the notice is a “Notice of Default.” When any Default under this Section 6.1 is cured, it ceases. 

Section 6.2 Acceleration. If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clauses (h) or (i) of
Section 6.1 hereof with respect to the Parent) with respect to any series of Notes occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may, by notice to the Company, or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes of such series
then outstanding may, by notice to the Company and the Trustee, declare all unpaid principal to the date of acceleration on the Notes of such series then outstanding (if not then due and payable) to be due and payable upon any such declaration, and
the same shall become and be immediately due and payable. If an Event of Default specified in clause (h) or (i) of Section 6.1 hereof with respect to the Parent occurs, all unpaid principal (including, without limitation, any premium,
if any, then outstanding), and accrued interest, if any, on the Notes of such series then outstanding shall ipso facto become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder. The
Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the applicable series of Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may rescind an acceleration and its consequences with respect to that series if (a) all existing Events of Default,
other than the nonpayment of the principal of the applicable series of Notes which has become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived; (b) to the extent the payment of such interest is lawful, interest at a
rate of 1% per annum over the amount of interest otherwise payable on such Notes on overdue installments of interest and overdue principal, which has become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration, has been paid; (c) the
rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction; and (d) all payments due to the Trustee and any predecessor Trustee under Section 7.7 hereof in respect of such series of Notes have been made.
No such rescission shall affect any subsequent default or impair any right consequent thereto. 
 Section 6.3 Other Remedies. If
an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, pursue any available remedy by proceeding at law or in equity to collect the payment of the principal of or interest on the Notes of the applicable series
or to enforce the performance of any provision of such Notes or this Indenture. 
 The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not
possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Noteholder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a
waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. No remedy is exclusive of any other remedy. All available remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law. 

  
 -76- 








 Section 6.4 Waiver of Defaults and Events of Default. Subject to Sections 6.7 and 9.2
hereof, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes of a series then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may waive an existing Default or Event of Default with respect to such series and its consequences, except a Default
or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Notes of such series when due or any Default or Event of Default in respect of any provision of this Indenture or the Notes of such series which, under
Section 9.2 hereof, cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each Note of such series affected (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder). When a Default or Event of Default is waived, it is cured and
ceases with respect to such series. 
 Section 6.5 Control by Majority. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount
of the Notes of a series then outstanding may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy or power available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on it with respect to such series.
However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture, that the Trustee determines may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of another Holder of Notes of such series or the Trustee, or that may involve the
Trustee in personal liability unless the Trustee is offered indemnity satisfactory to it; provided, however, that the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction. 

Section 6.6 Limitations on Suits. A Holder may not pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or a series of Notes (except
actions for payment of overdue principal, premium, if any, or interest) unless: 
 (a) the Holder gives to the Trustee
written notice of a continuing Event of Default; 
 (b) the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then
outstanding Notes of such series make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy; 
 (c) such Holder or Holders
offer to the Trustee reasonable indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense; 
 (d) the
Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer of indemnity; and 
 (e)
no direction inconsistent with such written request has been given to the Trustee during such 60-day period by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes of the applicable series. 

Section 6.7 Rights of Holders to Receive Payment. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, with respect to each
series of Notes, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of the principal of, or interest on such Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in such Note and this Indenture and to bring suit for the enforcement of any such
payment on or after such respective dates, is absolute and unconditional and shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of the Holder. 

Section 6.8 Collection Suit by Trustee. If an Event of Default in the payment of principal or interest specified in clause
(a) or (b) of Section 6.1 hereof occurs and is continuing with respect to any series of Notes, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company or another obligor on the Notes of
such series for the whole amount of principal and accrued interest remaining unpaid, together with, to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue principal and overdue installments of interest, in each case at a rate
equal to the 

  
 -77- 








 
interest rate then in effect on such Note plus 1% per annum and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable
compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel. 
 Section 6.9 Trustee May File Proofs of
Claim. The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances
of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company (or any other obligor on the applicable series of Notes), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to
collect and receive any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same, and any Custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee and, in
the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel,
and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.7 hereof, and to the extent that such payment of the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances in any such proceedings shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same
shall be secured by a lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other property which the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceedings, whether in liquidation or under any plan of
reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to, or, on behalf of any Holder, to authorize, accept or adopt any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment
or composition affecting the Notes of the applicable series or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding. 

Section 6.10 Priorities. If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay out the money in the following
order: 
 First, to the Trustee for amounts due under Section 7.7 hereof; 

Second, to Holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes of the applicable series for principal and interest ratably,
without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on such Notes for principal and interest respectively; and 

Third, the balance, if any, to the Company. 

The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 6.10. 

Section 6.11 Undertaking for Costs. In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit
against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess
reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not
apply to a suit made by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.7 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes of a series then outstanding. 

  
 -78- 








 ARTICLE 7 

TRUSTEE 
 Section 7.1
Duties of Trustee. 
 (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and
powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his or her own affairs. 

(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default: 

(A) the Trustee need perform only those duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others; and 

(B) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the
correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. The Trustee, however, shall examine any certificates and opinions which by any provision
hereof are specifically required to be delivered to the Trustee to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated
therein). 
 (c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own
willful misconduct, except that: 
 (A) this paragraph does not limit the effect of subsection (b) of this
Section 7.1; 
 (B) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Trust Officer,
unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and 
 (C) the Trustee shall not be
liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.5 hereof. 

(d) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the
performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers unless the Trustee shall have received satisfactory indemnity in its opinion against potential costs and liabilities incurred by it relating thereto. 

(e) Every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to subsections (a), (b), (c) and (d) of this
Section 7.1. 
 (f) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing
with the Company. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 

  
 -79- 








 Section 7.2 Rights of Trustee. Subject to Section 7.1 hereof: 

(a) The Trustee may rely conclusively on any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the
proper person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document. 
 (b) Before the Trustee acts or
refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel (or both), which shall conform to Section 11.4(b) hereof. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in
reliance on such Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. 
 (c) The Trustee may act through its agents and shall
not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due care. 
 (d) The Trustee shall not be
liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers. 

(e) The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection, and the advice or opinion of such counsel as to matters of law shall
be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any such action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel. 

(f) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the
request or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it
in compliance with such request or direction. 
 (g) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts
or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its
discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and
premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Company and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation. 

(h) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless written notice of any event which
is in fact such a default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office, and such notice references the applicable series of Notes and this Indenture. 

(i) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right
to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder and the Euro Paying Agent, and to each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder. 

(j) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, punitive, indirect, or consequential loss or damage of
any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action. 

  
 -80- 








 (k) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or
delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military
disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services; it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts which
are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances. 

Section 7.3 Individual Rights of Trustee. The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of
Notes of a series and may otherwise deal with the Company or an Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Agent may do the same with like rights. However, the Trustee is subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11
hereof. 
 Section 7.4 Trustee’s Disclaimer. The Trustee makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this
Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds from the Notes, and it shall not be responsible for any statement in the Notes other than its certificate of authentication. 

Section 7.5 Notice of Default or Events of Default. If a default or an Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if it is
known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall notify each Noteholder of the applicable series of the Default or Event of Default within 90 days after it is known by the Trustee. However, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of
its Trust Officers in good faith determines that withholding notice is in the interests of Noteholders of such series, except in the case of a Default or an Event of Default in payment of the principal (including premium, if any) of or interest on
any Note of such series. 
 Section 7.6 [RESERVED] 

Section 7.7 Compensation and Indemnity. The Company shall pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation (as agreed to
from time to time by the Company and the Trustee in writing) for its services (which compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust). The Company shall reimburse the Trustee
upon request for all reasonable disbursements, expenses and advances incurred or made by it. Such expenses may include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel. 

Each of the Company and each Guarantor, jointly and severally, shall indemnify the Trustee or any predecessor Trustee (which for purposes of
this Section 7.7 shall include its officers, directors, employees and agents) for, and hold it harmless against, any and all loss, liability or expense including taxes (other than taxes based upon, measured by or determined by the income of the
Trustee), (including reasonable legal fees and expenses) incurred by it in connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties under this Indenture and the Escrow Agreement or any action or failure to act as authorized or within the
discretion or rights or powers conferred upon the Trustee hereunder or thereunder including the reasonable costs and expenses of the Trustee and its counsel in defending itself against any claim or liability in connection with the exercise or
performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder or thereunder. The Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of any claim asserted against the Trustee for which it may seek indemnity. The Company need not pay for any settlement effected without
its prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. 

  
 -81- 








 The Company need not reimburse the Trustee for any expense or indemnify it against any loss or
liability determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to have been caused by its own gross negligence or willful misconduct. 
 To
secure the Company’s payment obligations in this Section 7.7, the Trustee shall have a senior claim to which the Notes are hereby made subordinate on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except such money or property
held in trust to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes. The obligations of the Company under this Section 7.7 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or the resignation or removal of the Trustee. 

When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in clause (h) or (i) of Section 6.1
hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law to the extent permitted by law. The provisions of this Section shall survive the termination of this
Indenture. 
 Section 7.8 Replacement of Trustee. The Trustee may resign by so notifying the Company. The Holders of a majority
in aggregate principal amount of the Notes of a series then outstanding may remove the Trustee with respect to such series by so notifying the Trustee and may, with the Company’s written consent, appoint a successor Trustee with respect to such
series. The Company may remove the Trustee if: 
 (a) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof; 

(b) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent; 

(c) a Custodian or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or 

(d) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting. 

If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of the Trustee for any reason, the Company shall promptly appoint a
successor Trustee. The resignation or removal of a Trustee shall not be effective until a successor Trustee shall have delivered the written acceptance of its appointment as described below. 

If a successor Trustee does not take office within 45 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Company
or the Holders of 10% in principal amount of the Notes of the applicable series then outstanding may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee with respect to such series at the expense of the Company.

 If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof, any Holder of the applicable series may petition any court of competent
jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee with respect to such series and the appointment of a successor Trustee of such series. 
 A
successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Immediately after that, the retiring Trustee, upon payment of its charges hereunder, shall transfer all property held by it as
Trustee in respect of such series of Notes to the successor Trustee and be released from its obligations (exclusive of any liabilities that the retiring Trustee may have incurred while acting as Trustee) hereunder, the resignation or removal of the
retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee in respect of such series of Notes under this Indenture. A successor Trustee shall mail notice of its succession to each
affected Holder. 

  
 -82- 








 A retiring Trustee shall not be liable for the acts or omissions of any successor Trustee after
its succession. 
 Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.8, the Company’s obligations under
Section 7.7 hereof shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee. 
 Section 7.9 Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc.
If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust assets (including the administration of this Indenture) to, another corporation, the resulting, surviving or transferee
corporation, without any further act, shall be the successor Trustee, provided such transferee corporation shall qualify and be eligible under Section 7.10 hereof. Such successor Trustee shall promptly mail notice of its succession to
the Company and each affected Holder. 
 Section 7.10 Eligibility; Disqualification. The Trustee shall always satisfy the
requirements of paragraphs (1), (2) and (5) of TIA Section 310(a). The Trustee (or its parent holding company) shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000. If at any time the Trustee shall cease to satisfy any
such requirements, it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in this Article 7. The Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of TIA Section 310(b). 

Section 7.11 Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Company. The Trustee shall comply with TIA Section 311(a),
excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA Section 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA Section 311(a) to the extent indicated therein. 

Section 7.12 Escrow Authorization. Each Holder, by its acceptance of a Note of a series, consents and agrees to the terms of the
Escrow Agreement, including related documents thereto, as the same may be in effect or may be amended from time to time in writing by the parties thereto, and authorizes and directs the Trustee to enter into the Escrow Agreement and to perform its
obligations and exercise its rights thereunder in accordance herewith and therewith. The Company shall do or cause to be done all such acts and things as may be necessary or proper, or as may be required by the provisions of the Escrow Agreement, to
assure and confirm to the Trustee the security interest contemplated by the Escrow Agreement or any part thereof, as from time to time constituted, so as to render the same available for the security and benefit of this Indenture and of the Notes of
a series, according to the intent and purpose herein expressed. The Company shall take, or shall cause to be taken, any and all actions reasonably required to cause the Escrow Agreement to create and maintain, as security for the obligations of the
Company under this Indenture and Notes of such series as provided in the Escrow Agreement, valid and enforceable perfected liens in and on all the Escrowed Property, in favor of the Trustee for its benefit and the ratable benefit of the Holders,
prior to the rights of third Persons and subject to no other Liens. 
 ARTICLE 8 

DEFEASANCE; SATISFACTION AND 

DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE 

Section 8.1 Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture. This Indenture shall cease to be of further effect with respect to a series
of Notes, and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture with respect to such series of Notes, when 

  
 -83- 








 (a) either 

(i) all Notes of such series theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than (i) Notes which have been destroyed, lost
or stolen and which have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 2.7 hereof and (ii) Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust and thereafter repaid to the Company as provided in Section 8.5 hereof)
have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or 
 (ii) all Notes of such series not theretofore delivered to the
Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the mailing of a notice of redemption or otherwise or will become due and payable within one year and the Company has irrevocably deposited or caused to be irrevocably deposited
(i) solely for the benefit of the holders of 2020 Notes, 2023 Notes or 2025 Notes of such series, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable U.S. dollar-denominated Government Securities, or a combination thereof, or (ii) solely for the benefit of
holders of Euro Notes of such series, euro, non-callable euro-denominated Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in each case with the Trustee or a Paying Agent (other than the Company or any of their Affiliates) as trust funds in trust
for the purpose of and in an amount sufficient, without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the Notes of such series not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal,
premium, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption, provided that with respect to any redemption that requires the payment of the Applicable Premium, the amount deposited shall be sufficient for purpose of this
Indenture to the extent that an amount is deposited with the Trustee equal to the Applicable Premium calculated by the Company as of the date of the notice of redemption, with any Applicable Premium deficit only required to be deposited with the
Trustee on or prior to the date of redemption; 
 (b) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing with
respect to such series of Notes on the date of the deposit or will occur as a result of the deposit and the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of or constitute a default under, any other instrument to which the Company is a party or by
which the Company is bound, and as to which the rights of the other parties thereto are senior to those of the Holders; 

(c) the Company has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable hereunder with respect to such series of Notes by the
Company; 
 (d) the Company has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money toward payment
of the Notes of such series at maturity or Redemption Date, as the case may be; and 
 (e) the Company has delivered to the
Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent herein relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture with respect to such series of Notes have been complied with. 

Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the obligations of the Company to the Trustee under Section 7.7 hereof
shall survive and if (i) solely for the benefit of the holders of 2020 Notes, 2023 Notes or 2025 Notes of such series, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable U.S. dollar-denominated Government Securities, or a combination thereof, or
(ii) solely for the benefit of holders of Euro Notes of such series, euro, non-callable euro-denominated Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in each case shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (ii) of
clause (a) of this Section, the provisions of Sections 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.12, 4.2 and 7.8, this Article 8 and Section 11.5, shall survive until the Notes of such series have been paid in full. 

  
 -84- 








 Section 8.2 Legal Defeasance. The Company and the Note Guarantors shall be deemed to
have paid and will be discharged from any and all obligations in respect of this Indenture (with respect to the applicable series of Notes) and the Notes of a series and the related Note Guarantees on the date of the deposit referred to in clause
(a) of this Section 8.2, and the provisions of this Indenture shall no longer be in effect with respect to such series of Notes (“Legal Defeasance”), and the Trustee, at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper
instruments acknowledging the same, except for the following provisions, which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: (i) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive solely from the trust fund described in
clause (a) below payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such series of Notes when such payments are due, (ii) the Company’s obligations with respect to such series of Notes under Article 2 and
Section 4.2 hereof, (iii) the rights, powers, trusts, duties, indemnities and immunities of the Trustee hereunder, including, without limitation, Section 7.7 hereof and the Company’s obligations in connection therewith and
(iv) this Section 8.2. Subject to compliance with this Section 8.2, the Company may exercise its option under this Section 8.2 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.3 hereof. The following
conditions shall apply to Legal Defeasance: 
 (a) the Company shall have irrevocably deposited with the Trustee, (a) in
trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the 2020 Notes, 2023 Notes or 2025 Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, U.S. dollar-denominated Government Securities, or a combination thereof, or (b) for the benefit of the holders of the Euro Notes, cash in
euro, euro-denominated Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in each case in such amounts as shall be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, or interest and
premium, if any, on the outstanding Notes of such series on the Stated Maturity or on the applicable Redemption Date, as the case may be, and the Company must specify whether the Notes of such series are being defeased to their Stated Maturity or to
a particular Redemption Date; 
 (b) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel (based on a ruling
received from or published by the United States Internal Revenue Service or a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law since the date of this Indenture) in the United States reasonably acceptable to the Trustee to the effect that the
Beneficial Owners will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would
have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred; 
 (c) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee either
(i) an Opinion of Counsel in Canada reasonably acceptable to the Trustee to the effect that, based upon Canadian law then in effect, the Beneficial Owners of the outstanding Notes of such series will not recognize income, gain or loss for
Canadian federal, provincial or territorial or other tax purposes, as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to Canadian taxes on the same amounts and in the same manner and at the same time as would have been the case if such Legal
Defeasance had not occurred or (ii) a ruling directed to the Trustee received from tax authorities of Canada to the same effect as the Opinion of Counsel described in clause (i) above; 

(d) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing with respect to such series of Notes on the date of
such deposit (other than a Default or an Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit); 

  
 -85- 








 (e) the Legal Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or
constitute a default under, any material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture with respect to such series of Notes) to which the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries is bound;
and 
 (f) the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that
all conditions precedent relating to the Legal Defeasance have been complied with. 
 After any such irrevocable deposit, the Trustee upon
request shall acknowledge in writing the discharge of the Company’s obligations under the applicable series of Notes and this Indenture with respect to such series of Notes except for those surviving obligations in the immediately preceding
paragraph. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Opinion of Counsel required by Section 8.2(b) hereof with respect to a Legal
Defeasance need not be delivered if all Notes of the applicable series not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (1) have become due and payable or (2) shall become due and payable upon maturity or redemption within one
year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company. 

Section 8.3 Covenant Defeasance. The Company may omit to comply with any term, provision or condition set forth in clause
(iv) of Section 5.1(a) hereof, and the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may omit to comply with any term, provision or condition set forth in Section 3.8, Section 4.3, Sections 4.8 through 4.17 hereof and any breach of
clauses (c), (d), (e), (f) or (g), or with respect to Significant Subsidiaries only, clauses (h) or (i) under Section 6.1 hereof shall be deemed not to be an Event of Default on the date of deposit referred to in clause
(a) of this Section 8.3 (“Covenant Defeasance”), if in each case: 
 (a) the Company shall have
irrevocably deposited with the Trustee, (a) in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the 2020 Notes, 2023 Notes or 2025 Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, U.S. dollar-denominated Government Securities, or a combination thereof, or (b) for the
benefit of the holders of the Euro Notes, cash in euro, euro-denominated Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in each case in such amounts as shall be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public
accountants, to pay the principal of, or interest and premium, if any, on the outstanding Notes of such series on the Stated Maturity or on the applicable Redemption Date, as the case may be, and the Company must specify whether the Notes of such
series are being defeased to their Stated Maturity or to a particular Redemption Date; 
 (b) the Company shall have
delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States reasonably acceptable to such Trustee confirming that the Beneficial Owners of the outstanding Notes of such series will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income
tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if the Covenant Defeasance had not occurred; 

(c) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee either (i) an Opinion of Counsel in Canada reasonably acceptable to
the Trustee to the effect that, based upon Canadian law then in effect, the Beneficial Owners of the outstanding Notes of such series will not recognize income, gain or loss for Canadian federal, provincial or territorial or other tax purposes, as a
result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to Canadian taxes on the same amounts 

  
 -86- 








 
and in the same manner and at the same time as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred or (ii) a ruling directed to the Trustee received from tax authorities of
Canada to the same effect as the Opinion of Counsel described in clause (i) above; 
 (d) no Default or Event of Default
shall have occurred and be continuing with respect to such series of Notes on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit); 

(e) the Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under any material agreement
or instrument (other than this Indenture with respect to such series of Notes) to which the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries is bound; and 

(f) the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all
conditions precedent relating to the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with. 
 If the funds deposited with the Trustee to effect
Covenant Defeasance are insufficient to pay the principal of and interest on the applicable series of Notes when due, then the obligations of the Company and the Note Guarantors under this Indenture will be revived and no such defeasance will be
deemed to have occurred. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Opinion of Counsel required by Section 8.3(b) hereof with respect to a
Covenant Defeasance need not be delivered if all Notes of the applicable series not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (1) have become due and payable or (2) shall become due and payable upon maturity or redemption
within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company. 

Section 8.4 Application of Trust Money. Subject to the provisions of Section 8.5 hereof, the Trustee or a Paying Agent shall
hold in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the applicable series of Notes, all money deposited with it pursuant to Section 8.1, 8.2 or 8.3 hereof and shall apply the deposited money in accordance with this Indenture and the applicable
series of Notes to the payment of the principal of and interest on such series of Notes. 
 Section 8.5 Repayment to the
Company. The Trustee and each Paying Agent shall promptly pay to the Company upon request any excess money (i) deposited with them pursuant to Section 8.1, 8.2 or 8.3 hereof and (ii) held by them at any time. 

The Trustee and each Paying Agent shall pay to the Company upon request any money held by them for the payment of principal or interest that
remains unclaimed for two years after a right to such money has matured; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such payment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be mailed to
each Holder entitled to such money notice that such money remains unclaimed and that after a date specified therein, which shall be at least 30 days from the date of such mailing, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to
the Company. After payment to the Company, Holders entitled to money must look to the Company for payment as general creditors unless an applicable abandoned property law designates another person. 

Section 8.6 Reinstatement. If the Trustee or any Paying Agent is unable to apply any money in accordance with Section 8.5
hereof by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or 

  
 -87- 








 
judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Company’s obligations under this Indenture and the applicable
series of Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.1, 8.2 or 8.3 hereof until such time as the Trustee or such Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money or Government Securities in
accordance with Section 8.4 hereof; provided, however, that if the Company has made any payment of the principal of or interest on any Notes of any series because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be
subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive any such payment from the money or Government Securities held by the Trustee or such Paying Agent. 

ARTICLE 9 
 AMENDMENTS,
SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS 
 Section 9.1 Without Consent of Holders. The Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement this
Indenture with respect to a series of Notes without notice to or consent of any Holder of Notes of such series: 
 (a) to
comply with Section 5.1 hereof; 
 (b) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency; 

(c) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes of such series; 

(d) to provide for the assumption of the Company’s or any Note Guarantor’s obligations to Holders of Notes of such
series in the case of a consolidation or merger or sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s or a Note Guarantor’s assets; 

(e) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of Notes of such series or that does
not adversely affect the legal rights under this Indenture of any such Holder of Notes of such series; 
 (f) to comply with
requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA; 
 (g) to conform
the text of this Indenture or the Notes of such series to any provision of the section of the Offering Memorandum dated January 15, 2015 captioned “Description of the Notes” to the extent that such provision was intended to be a
verbatim recitation of a provision of this Indenture or the Notes of such series; 
 (h) to provide for the issuance of
Additional Notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in this Indenture as of the date hereof; 
 (i) to add
additional Note Guarantees with respect to the Notes of such series or to confirm and evidence the release, termination or discharge of any Note Guarantee with respect to such Notes of such series when such release, termination or discharge is
permitted under this Indenture; or 
 (j) to appoint a successor Trustee. 

  
 -88- 








 Section 9.2 With Consent of Holders. The Company and the Trustee may amend or
supplement this Indenture with respect to the Notes of a series with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes of such series then outstanding (including, without limitation, consents
obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes). The Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes of a series then outstanding may waive compliance in a particular instance by the
Company with any provision of this Indenture or such Notes without notice to any Holder (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, the applicable series of Notes).
However, notwithstanding the foregoing but subject to Section 9.4 hereof, without the written consent of each Holder of Notes affected hereby, an amendment, supplement or waiver, including a waiver pursuant to Section 6.4 hereof, may not
(with respect to any Notes of such series held by a non-consenting Holder): 
 (a) reduce the principal amount of such Notes
whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver; 
 (b) reduce the principal of or change the Stated
Maturity of any such Note or alter the provisions with respect to the redemption of such Notes (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, provisions relating to Sections 3.8, 3.14 and 4.14); 

(c) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any such Note; 

(d) make any such Note payable in money other than U.S. dollars in the case of the 2020 Notes, 2023 Notes or 2025 Notes, or
euros in the case of the Euro Notes; 
 (e) make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of past
Defaults or the rights of Holders of such Notes to receive payments of principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on such Notes; 

(f) waive a redemption payment with respect to any such Note (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, a payment required by
Sections 3.8, 3.14 and 4.14); 
 (g) impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect
to such Notes; 
 (h) modify the Note Guarantees with respect to such Notes in any manner adverse to the Holders of such
Notes; 
 (i) release Escrow Proceeds from the Escrow Accounts (as defined in the Escrow Agreement) in any manner or at any
time other than as set forth in Section 4.22, 3.15 and in the Escrow Agreement; 
 (j) make any change to Sections 3.15,
4.22 or 4.23 hereof; or 
 (k) make any change in the preceding amendment and waiver provisions with respect to series of
such Notes. 
 In addition, except as set forth in Article 10 of this Indenture, without the consent of Holders of at least 66 2/3% in
principal amount of the Notes of a series then outstanding (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes), no amendment or supplement may release the Note Guarantees
with respect to such Notes. 

  
 -89- 








 It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section 9.2 to approve
the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. 

Section 9.3 Notice of Amendment, Supplement or Waiver. After an amendment, supplement or waiver under Section 9.1 or
Section 9.2 becomes effective, the Company shall mail to the Holders affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Company to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in
any way impair or affect the validity of any such amendment, supplement or waiver. 
 Section 9.4 Revocation and Effect of
Consents. Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder is a continuing consent by the Holder and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting
Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent as to its Note or portion of a Note if the Trustee receives the notice of revocation before the date
the amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective. 
 After an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, it shall bind every
Holder, unless it makes a change described in any of clauses (a) through (k) of Section 9.2 hereof. In that case the amendment, supplement or waiver shall bind each Holder of a Note who has consented to it and every subsequent Holder
of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note. 
 Section 9.5 Notation on or
Exchange of Notes. If an amendment, supplement or waiver changes the terms of a Note, the Trustee may require the Holder of the Note to deliver it to the Trustee. The Trustee may place an appropriate notation on the Note about the changed terms
and return it to the Holder. Alternatively, if the Company or the Trustee so determines, the Company in exchange for the Note shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a new Note that reflects the changed terms. 

Section 9.6 Trustee to Sign Amendments, Etc. The Trustee shall sign any amendment or supplemental indenture authorized pursuant to
this Article 9 if the amendment or supplemental indenture does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. If it does, the Trustee may, in its sole discretion, but need not sign it. In signing or refusing to
sign such amendment or supplemental indenture, the Trustee shall be provided with and, subject to Section 7.1 hereof, shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel and an Officers’ Certificate stating that such amendment
or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and all conditions precedent in this Indenture to such execution have been complied with. The Company may not sign an amendment or supplemental indenture until its Board of
Directors approves it in writing. 
 Section 9.7 Effect of Supplemental Indentures. Upon the execution of any supplemental
indenture under this Article, this Indenture shall be modified in accordance therewith, and such supplemental indenture shall form a part of this Indenture for all purposes with respect to any affected series of Notes; and every Holder of applicable
Notes theretofore or thereafter authenticated and delivered hereunder shall be bound thereby. 

  
 -90- 








 ARTICLE 10 

NOTE GUARANTEES 

Section 10.1 Note Guarantees. 

(a) Each of the Note Guarantors, jointly and severally, hereby unconditionally Guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered
by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Company hereunder or thereunder that: (i) the due and punctual payment of
principal, premium and interest on the Notes shall be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, (ii) the due and punctual payment of interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the
Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee under this Indenture or any Note shall be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof, and (iii) in
case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same shall be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity,
by acceleration pursuant to Section 6.2 hereof or otherwise. Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Note Guarantors shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same
immediately. Each Note Guarantor shall agree that this is a Guarantee of payment and not a Guarantee of collection. 
 (b) Each of the Note
Guarantors hereby agrees that its obligations with regard to its Guarantee shall be joint and several, unconditional, irrespective of the validity or enforceability of the Notes or the obligations of the Company under this Indenture, the absence of
any action to enforce the same, the recovery of any judgment against the Company or any other obligor with respect to this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Company under this Indenture or the Notes, any action to enforce the same or
any other circumstances (other than complete performance) which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a Note Guarantor. Each Note Guarantor further, to the extent permitted by law, shall waive and relinquish all
claims, rights and remedies accorded by applicable law to guarantors and shall agree not to assert or take advantage of any such claims, rights or remedies, including but not limited to: (i) any right to require any of the Trustee, the Holders
or the Company (each a “Benefited Party”), as a condition of payment or performance by such Note Guarantor, to (A) proceed against the Company, any other guarantor (including any other Note Guarantor) of the obligations under
the Note Guarantees or any other person, (B) proceed against or exhaust any security held from the Company, any such other guarantor or any other person, (C) proceed against or have resort to any balance of any deposit account or credit on
the books of any Benefited Party in favor of the Company or any other person, or (D) pursue any other remedy in the power of any Benefited Party whatsoever; (ii) any defense arising by reason of the incapacity, lack of authority or any
disability or other defense of the Company including any defense based on or arising out of the lack of validity or the unenforceability of the obligations under the Note Guarantees or any agreement or instrument relating thereto or by reason of the
cessation of the liability of the Company from any cause other than payment in full of the obligations under the Note Guarantees; (iii) any defense based upon any statute or rule of law which provides that the obligation of a surety must be
neither larger in amount nor in other respects more burdensome than that of the principal; (iv) any defense based upon any Benefited Party’s errors or omissions in the administration of the obligations under the Note Guarantees, except
behavior which amounts to bad faith; (v) (A) any principles or provisions of law, statutory or otherwise, which are or might be in conflict with the terms of the Note Guarantees and any legal or equitable discharge of such Note
Guarantor’s obligations hereunder and under its Note Guarantee, (B) the benefit of any statute of limitations affecting such Note Guarantor’s liability hereunder and under its Note Guarantee or the enforcement hereof and thereof,
(C) any rights to set-offs, recoupments and counterclaims and (D) 

  
 -91- 








 
promptness, diligence and any requirement that any Benefited Party protect, secure, perfect or insure any security interest or lien or any property subject thereto; (vi) notices, demands,
presentations, protests, notices of protest, notices of dishonor and notices of any action or inaction, including acceptance of the Note Guarantees, notices of default under the Notes or any agreement or instrument related thereto, notices of any
renewal, extension or modification of the obligations under the Note Guarantees or any agreement related thereto, and notices of any extension of credit to the Company and any right to consent to any thereof; (vii) to the extent permitted under
applicable law, the benefits of any “One Action” rule; and (viii) any defenses or benefits that may be derived from or afforded by law which limit the liability of or exonerate guarantors or sureties, or which may conflict with the
terms of the Note Guarantees. Except as set forth in Section 10.5, each Note Guarantor shall covenant that its Note Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in its Note Guarantee and this
Indenture. 
 (c) If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company, the Note Guarantors or any
custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Company or the Note Guarantors, any amount paid to either the Trustee or such Holder, any Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated
in full force and effect. 
 (d) Each Note Guarantor shall agree that it shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to
the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby. Each Note Guarantor shall further agree that, as between the Note Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee,
on the other hand, (i) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Section 6.2 hereof for the purposes of any Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such
acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby and (ii) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Section 6.2 hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith
become due and payable by the Note Guarantors for the purpose of any such Guarantee. The Note Guarantors shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Note Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of
the Holders under the applicable Guarantee. 
 Section 10.2 Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantees. To evidence its Guarantee
set forth in Section 10.1 hereof, each Note Guarantor hereby agrees that a notation of such Note Guarantee substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto or, in the case of a Note Guarantor organized under the laws of Canada or any province or
territory thereof, a Canadian Note Guarantee, shall be endorsed by an officer of such Note Guarantor, which notation shall be applicable to each Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee, and that this Indenture shall be executed on behalf of
such Note Guarantor by any of its Officers. Each of the Note Guarantors, jointly and severally, hereby agrees that its Guarantee set forth in Section 10.1 hereof shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse a
notation of such Note Guarantee. If an officer or Officer whose signature is on this Indenture or on the Note Guarantee of a Note Guarantor no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates a Note, the Note Guarantee of such Note
Guarantor shall be valid nevertheless. The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of the Note Guarantees set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Note Guarantors. 

Section 10.3 Limitation on Note Guarantor Liability. Each Note Guarantor shall confirm, and by its acceptance of Notes, each
Holder hereby confirms, that it is the intention of all such parties that any Guarantee of such Note Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform
Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar applicable law to the extent applicable to any Note Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee and the Holders irrevocably agree, and the Note Guarantors shall irrevocably agree,


  
 -92- 








 
that the obligations of such Note Guarantor under this Article 10 shall be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed
liabilities of such Note Guarantor that are relevant under such laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Note Guarantor in respect of the obligations of
such other Note Guarantor under this Article 10, result in the obligations of such Note Guarantor under its Note Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance. 

Section 10.4 Merger and Consolidation of Note Guarantors. 

(a) In case of any sale or other disposition, consolidation, amalgamation, merger, sale or conveyance and upon the assumption by the successor
person, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of the Note Guarantee endorsed upon the Notes and the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants and conditions of this
Indenture to be performed by the Note Guarantor, such successor person shall succeed to and be substituted for the Note Guarantor with the same effect as if it had been named herein as a Note Guarantor. Such successor person thereupon may cause to
be signed any or all of the Note Guarantees to be endorsed upon all of the Notes available hereunder which theretofore shall not have been signed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee. All the Note Guarantees so issued shall in all respects
have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Note Guarantees theretofore and thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all of such Note Guarantees had been issued at the date of the execution
hereof. 
 (b) Except as set forth in Articles 4 and 5 hereof, and notwithstanding clause (a) of this Section 10.4, nothing
contained in this Indenture or in any of the Notes shall prevent any consolidation, amalgamation or merger of a Note Guarantor with or into the Company or another Note Guarantor, or shall prevent any sale or conveyance of the property of a Note
Guarantor as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to the Company or another Note Guarantor. 
 Section 10.5 Release. 

(a) In the event (i) of a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of any Note Guarantor, by way of merger,
amalgamation, consolidation or otherwise, or a sale or other disposition of all the Equity Interests of any Note Guarantor then held by the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries to a person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such
transactions) a Subsidiary of the Parent, in each case so long as the Net Proceeds of such sale or other disposition are applied in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture, including without limitation Section 4.14 hereof,
(ii) of a designation by the Parent of any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Note Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the definition thereof or in the event that such Note Guarantor ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary in
accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, (iii) upon the release or discharge of any Guarantee in respect of any Indebtedness that resulted in the issuance after the Issue Date of the Note Guarantee by such Note Guarantor or
(iv) the Company discharges this Indenture under Section 8.1 or exercises its legal or covenant defeasance options under Section 8.2 or 8.3, respectively, such Note Guarantor shall be released and relieved of any obligations under its
Note Guarantee without any further action being required by the Trustee or any Holder. If the Company discharges this Indenture under Section 8.1 or exercises its legal or covenant defeasance options under Section 8.2 or 8.3,
respectively, each Note Guarantor shall be released and relieved of any obligations under its Note Guarantee without any further action being required by the Trustee or any Holder. 

(b) Upon delivery by the Company to the Trustee of an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such sale or
other disposition was made by the Parent in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, including without limitation Section 4.8 hereof, the Trustee shall execute any documents reasonably required in order to evidence the release of any
Note Guarantor from its obligations under its Guarantee. 
 (c) Any Note Guarantor not released from its obligations under its Note
Guarantee shall remain liable for the full amount of principal of and interest on the Notes and for the other obligations of any Note Guarantor under this Indenture as provided in this Article 10. 

  
 -93- 








 ARTICLE 11 

MISCELLANEOUS 
 Section 11.1
Certain Trust Indenture Act Sections. 
 The Company shall comply with Sections 314(a)(4), 314(c) and 314(e) of the TIA. 

Section 11.2 Notices. Any demand, authorization notice, request, consent or communication shall be given in writing and delivered
in person or mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, addressed as follows or transmitted by facsimile transmission (confirmed by delivery in person or mail by first-class mail, postage prepaid, or by guaranteed overnight courier) to the
following facsimile numbers: 
 If to the Company, to: 

VRX Escrow Corp. 
 c/o Valeant
Pharmaceuticals International, Inc. 
 400 Somerset Corporate Boulevard 

Bridgewater, NJ 08807 
 Attention:
Corporate Secretary 
 Facsimile No.: (949) 461-6661 

With a copy to: 
 Skadden, Arps,
Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP 
 Four Times Square 

New York, New York 10036 

Attention: Michael Zeidel 

Facsimile No.: (212) 735-3259 

If to the Trustee, to: 
 The Bank
of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. 
 400 South Hope Street, Suite 400 

Los Angeles, CA 90071 
 Attn:
Corporate Trust Unit 
 Facsimile No.: (213) 630-6298 

Such notices or communications shall be effective when received. 

The Company or the Trustee by notice to the other may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.


  
 -94- 








 Any notice or communication mailed to a Holder shall be mailed by first-class mail or delivered
by an overnight delivery service to it at its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar. 
 Failure to mail a notice or
communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. If a notice or communication to a Holder is mailed in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives
it. 
 The Trustee agrees to accept and act upon instructions or directions pursuant to this Indenture sent by unsecured e-mail, facsimile
transmission or other similar unsecured electronic methods (including pdf files). If the party elects to give the Trustee e-mail or facsimile instructions (or instructions by a similar electronic method) and the Trustee in its discretion elects to
act upon such instructions, the Trustee’s understanding of such instructions shall be deemed controlling. The Trustee shall not be liable for any losses, costs or expenses arising directly or indirectly from the Trustee’s reliance upon and
compliance with such instructions notwithstanding such instructions conflict or are inconsistent with a subsequent written instruction. The party providing electronic instructions agrees to assume all risks arising out of the use of such electronic
methods to submit instructions and directions to the Trustee, including without limitation the risk of the Trustee acting on unauthorized instructions, and the risk or interception and misuse by third parties. 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, as long as the Notes of a series are in the form of a Global Note, notice to the
Holders of such Notes may be made electronically in accordance with procedures of the Depositary. 
 Section 11.3 Communications by
Holders With Other Holders. Noteholders may communicate pursuant to TIA Section 312(b) with other Noteholders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and any other person shall
have the protection of TIA Section 312(c). 
 Section 11.4 Certificate and Opinion of Counsel as to Conditions Precedent.

 (a) Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture other than the initial issuance
of the Notes and in connection with the Assumption, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee at the request of the Trustee: 

(A) an Officers’ Certificate stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent (including any
covenants, compliance with which constitutes a condition precedent), if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and 

(B) an Opinion of Counsel stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent (including any covenants,
compliance with which constitutes a condition precedent) have been complied with. 
 (b) Each Officers’ Certificate and Opinion of
Counsel with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include: 
 (A) a
statement that the person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition; 
 (B) a brief statement as
to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based; 

  
 -95- 








 (C) a statement that, in the opinion of such person, he or she has made such
examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and 

(D) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such person, such condition or covenant has been complied with; 

provided, however, that with respect to matters of fact an Opinion of Counsel may rely on an Officers’ Certificate or certificates of
public officials. 
 Section 11.5 Record Date for Vote or Consent of Holders. The Company (or, in the event deposits have been
made pursuant to Section 8.1, 8.2 or 8.3 hereof, the Trustee) may set a record date for purposes of determining the identity of Holders of any series of Notes entitled to vote or consent to any action by vote or consent authorized or permitted
under this Indenture with respect to such series of Notes, which record date shall not be more than thirty (30) days prior to the date of the commencement of solicitation of such action. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 9.4
hereof, if a record date is fixed, those persons who were Holders of Notes of a series at the close of business on such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those persons, shall be entitled to take such action with respect to
such series of Notes by vote or consent or to revoke any vote or consent previously given, whether or not such persons continue to be Holders of Notes of such series after such record date. 

Section 11.6 Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar. The Trustee may make reasonable rules (not inconsistent with the terms
of this Indenture) for action by or at a meeting of Holders. Any Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules for its functions. 

Section 11.7 Legal Holidays. A “Legal Holiday” is a Saturday, Sunday or (x) in the case of the Dollar Notes,
a day on which state or federally chartered banking institutions in New York, New York or the jurisdiction of the office of the Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) are authorized or required by law or executive order to remain closed and
(y) in the case of the Euro Notes, a day on which banking institutions in London, Ireland or the jurisdiction of the office of the Euro Paying Agent are authorized or required by law or executive order to remain closed. If a payment date,
including any Redemption Date, Purchase Date, Change of Control Purchase Date and Final Maturity Date, is a Legal Holiday, payment shall be made on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening
period on such payment. If an interest record date is a Legal Holiday, the record date shall not be affected. 
 Section 11.8
Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial. 
 (a) This Indenture and the Notes shall be governed by, and
construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without regard to principles of conflicts of laws. 
 (b) The Company
irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any New York State or United States Federal court sitting in The City of New York over any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Indenture. The Company irrevocably
waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such a court and any claim that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in
such a court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. 
 (c) EACH OF THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST
EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE SECURITIES OR THE TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. 

  
 -96- 








 Section 11.9 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements. This Indenture may not be
used to interpret another indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company, the Parent or a Subsidiary of the Parent. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture. 

Section 11.10 No Recourse Against Others. All liability described in paragraph 13 of the Form of the Notes attached hereto as
Exhibit A-1, Exhibit A-2, Exhibit A-3 or Exhibit A-4, as applicable, of any director, officer, employee or shareowner, as such, of the Company or any Note Guarantor is waived and released. 

Section 11.11 Successors. All agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind their successors. All
agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successor. 
 Section 11.12 Multiple Counterparts. The parties may
sign multiple counterparts of this Indenture. Each signed counterpart shall be deemed an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. 

Section 11.13 Separability. In case any provisions in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable,
the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. 

Section 11.14 Table of Contents, Headings, etc. The table of contents and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture
have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part hereof, and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. 

Section 11.15 Calculations in Respect of the Notes. The Company and its agents shall make all calculations under this Indenture
and the Notes in good faith. In the absence of manifest error, such calculations shall be final and binding on all Holders. The Company shall provide a copy of such calculations to the Trustee as required hereunder. 

Section 11.16 Agent for Service and Waiver of Immunities. By the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Company and each
Note Guarantor that is not a Domestic Subsidiary, within 10 days of becoming a Note Guarantor that is not a Domestic Subsidiary, as applicable, will (i) acknowledge that they will designate and appoint CT Corporation, 111 Eighth Avenue, New
York, New York 10011, or another Person satisfactory to the Trustee (the “Authorized Agent”), as their authorized agent upon whom process may be served in any suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Indenture or the
Notes that may be instituted in any federal or state court in the State of New York or brought under federal or state securities laws, and acknowledge that the Authorized Agent has accepted such designation, (ii) submit to the jurisdiction of
any such court in any such suit or proceeding, and (iii) agree that service of process upon the Authorized Agent and written notice of said service to the Company or the Note Guarantor that is not a Domestic Subsidiary, as applicable, in
accordance with Section 11.2 shall be deemed effective service of process in any such suit or proceeding. The Company and each Note Guarantor that is not a Domestic Subsidiary further agrees to take any reasonable action, including the
execution and filing of any and all such documents and instruments, as may be necessary to continue such designation and appointment of the Authorized Agent in full force and effect so long as any of the Notes shall be outstanding; provided,
however, that the Company and each Note Guarantor that is not a Domestic Subsidiary, as applicable, may, by written notice to the Trustee, designate such additional or alternative agent for service of process under this Section 11.16
that (i) maintains an office located in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, in the State of New York, (ii) is either (x) counsel for the 

  
 -97- 








 
Company or such Note Guarantor, as applicable or (y) a corporate service company which acts as agent for service of process for other persons in the ordinary course of its business and
(iii) agrees to act as agent for service of process in accordance with this Section 11.16. Such written notice shall identify the name of such agent for process and the address of the office of such agent for process in the Borough of
Manhattan, The City of New York, State of New York. Upon the written request of any Holder, the Trustee shall deliver a copy of such notice to such Holder. 

Section 11.17 Judgment Currency. The sole currency of account and payment for all sums payable under the Dollar Notes and, with
respect to the Dollar Notes, the Note Guarantees and this Indenture is dollars. The sole currency of account and payment for all sums payable under the Euro Notes and, with respect to the Euro Notes, the Note Guarantees and this Indenture is euro.
The Company and each Note Guarantor shall indemnify each Holder and each Person, if any, who controls any Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act against any loss incurred by such
party as a result of any judgment or order being given or made against the Company or any Note Guarantor for any U.S. dollar amount due under this Indenture and such judgment or order being expressed and paid in a currency (the “Judgment
Currency”) other than U.S. dollars in respect of the Dollar Notes or euro in respect of the Euro Notes and as a result of any variation as between (i) the rate of exchange at which the U.S. dollar amount or euro amount, as applicable,
is converted into the Judgment Currency for the purpose of such judgment or order and (ii) the spot rate of exchange in The City of New York at which such party on the date of payment of such judgment or order is able to purchase U.S.
dollars or euro, as applicable, with the amount of the Judgment Currency actually received by such party if such party had utilized such amount of Judgment Currency to purchase U.S. dollars or euro, as applicable, upon such party’s receipt
thereof. The foregoing indemnity shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding any such judgment or order as aforesaid. The term “spot rate of exchange” shall include any premiums and costs of exchange payable in connection with
the purchase of, or conversion into, U.S. dollars or euro, as applicable. 
 Section 11.18 Foreign Currency Equivalent. For
purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction or amount, the U.S. dollar equivalent principal amount of any amount denominated in a foreign currency will be the Dollar Equivalent calculated on the date the
Indebtedness was incurred or other transaction was entered into; provided that if any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness denominated in a currency other than U.S. dollars is incurred to refinance Indebtedness denominated in the same currency,
and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated on the date of such refinancing, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness shall be deemed not to exceed the principal amount of such
Indebtedness being refinanced. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, no restriction or amount will be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies. 

Section 11.19 Usury Savings Clause. If any provision of this Indenture or any Note would obligate the Company to make any payment
of or on account of interest or other amount in an amount or calculated at a rate which would result in a receipt by any Holder of interest at a criminal rate (as such term is construed under the Criminal Code (Canada)), then notwithstanding
such provisions, such amount or rate shall be deemed to have been adjusted with retroactive effect to the maximum amount or rate of interest, as the case may be, as would not so result in a receipt by such Holder of interest at a criminal rate, such
adjustment to be effected, to the extent necessary, as follows: (1) firstly, by reducing the amount or rate of interest required to be paid to such Holder, and (2) thereafter, by reducing any fees, commissions, premiums and other
amounts required to be paid to such Holder which would constitute “interest” for purposes of Section 347 of the Criminal Code (Canada). 

Section 11.20 Interest Act (Canada). For purposes of disclosure pursuant to the Interest Act (Canada), the annual rates of
interest or fees to which the rates of interest or fees provided for in this 

  
 -98- 








 
Indenture and any Note (and stated herein or therein, as applicable, to be computed on the basis of a 360 day year or any other period of time less than a calendar year) are equivalent are the
rates so provided for multiplied by the actual number of days in the applicable calendar year and divided by 360 or the actual number of days in such other period of time, respectively. 

Section 11.21 Tax Matters. Each of the parties hereto agree to cooperate and to provide the other with such information as each
may have in its possession to enable the determination of whether any payments pursuant to this Indenture are subject to the withholding requirements described in Section 1471(b) of the Code or otherwise imposed pursuant to Sections 1471
through 1474 of the Code and any regulations, or agreements thereunder or official interpretations thereof (“Applicable Law”). The Trustee shall be entitled to make any withholding or deduction from payments under this Indenture to the
extent necessary to comply with Applicable Law. Nothing in the immediately preceding sentence shall be construed as obligating the Trustee to make any “gross up” payment or similar reimbursement in connection with a payment in respect of
which amounts are so withheld or deducted or affecting a Payor’s obligation to make any payments of Additional Amount pursuant to Section 4.21. 

[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW] 

  
 -99- 








 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the
date and year first above written. 
  

					
	VRX ESCROW CORP.
		
	By:		 /s/ Linda A. LaGorga

			Name:		Linda A. LaGorga
			Title:		Senior Vice President and Treasurer









 
					
	THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A., AS TRUSTEE
		
	By:		 /s/ Jonathan Glover

			Name:		Jonathan Glover
			Title:		Vice President









 
					
	The undersigned acknowledges and accepts its appointment as Euro Paying Agent under the Indenture with respect to the Euro Notes:
	
	THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, London Branch, as Euro Paying Agent
		
	By:		 /s/ Jaime Nielsen

			Name:		Jaime Nielsen
			Title:		Authorized Signatory









 EXHIBIT A-1 

VRX ESCROW CORP. 
 5.375% SENIOR
NOTES DUE 2020 
 [FORM OF FACE OF NOTE] 

[UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR
REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (AND ANY PAYMENT HEREON
IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL SINCE THE
REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE THEREOF. THIS NOTE IS
EXCHANGEABLE FOR SECURITIES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN THE DEPOSITARY OR ITS NOMINEE ONLY IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE AND, UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR SECURITIES IN
DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO
A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY.]1 
 [THIS NOTE HAS
NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS EXCEPT AS SET FORTH
BELOW. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT), (B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS NOTE IN AN
OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (C) IT IS AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR (AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3), OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR”), (2) AGREES
THAT IT WILL NOT PRIOR TO THE FIRST ANNIVERSARY OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUANCE OF THIS NOTE RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS NOTE EXCEPT (A) TO THE ISSUER OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL
BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES (OR HAS FURNISHED ON ITS BEHALF BY A U.S. BROKER- DEALER) TO THE TRUSTEE A SIGNED LETTER
CONTAINING CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE RESTRICTIONS ON 
  

	1 	Include only if the Note is a Global Note. 








 
TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE (THE FORM OF WHICH LETTER CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE FOR THIS NOTE), (D) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), (E) PURSUANT TO THE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), (F) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES
ACT (AND BASED UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IF THE ISSUER SO REQUESTS), OR (G) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS NOTE IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE
SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE WITHIN ONE YEAR AFTER THE ORIGINAL ISSUANCE OF THIS NOTE, IF THE PROPOSED TRANSFEREE IS AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR, THE HOLDER MUST, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISH
TO THE TRUSTEE AND THE ISSUER SUCH CERTIFICATIONS, LEGAL OPINIONS OR OTHER INFORMATION AS EITHER OF THEM MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS BEING MADE PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT TO, THE
REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION,” “UNITED STATES” AND “U.S. PERSON” HAVE THE MEANING GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.]2 
 [CANADIAN RESALE LEGEND 

UNLESS PERMITTED UNDER SECURITIES LEGISLATION, THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE MUST NOT TRADE THE NOTE BEFORE THE DATE THAT IS 4 MONTHS AND A DAY
AFTER MARCH 27, 2015.]3 
 [THIS NOTE AND ANY RELATED DOCUMENTATION MAY BE AMENDED OR
SUPPLEMENTED FROM TIME TO TIME TO MODIFY THE RESTRICTIONS ON RESALES AND OTHER TRANSFERS OF THIS NOTE TO REFLECT ANY CHANGE IN APPLICABLE LAW OR REGULATION (OR THE INTERPRETATION THEREOF) OR IN PRACTICES RELATING TO THE RESALE OR TRANSFER OF
RESTRICTED SECURITIES GENERALLY. THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE SHALL BE DEEMED BY THE ACCEPTANCE OF THIS NOTE TO HAVE AGREED TO ANY SUCH AMENDMENT OR SUPPLEMENT.]4 

 

	2 	Include only if the Note is a Restricted Note. 


	3 	Include until no longer necessary under Canadian securities laws. 


	4 	Include only if the Note is a Restricted Note. 








 VRX ESCROW CORP. 
  

					
	CUSIP:		[144A: 91831A AA9, Reg. S: C96729 AA3]		
	ISIN:		[144A: US91831AAA97, Reg. S: USC96729AA31]		No. [    ]

 5.375% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2020 

VRX Escrow Corp., a Canadian corporation (the “Company,” which term shall include any successor corporation under the
Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof) promises to pay to                      or its registered assigns, the principal sum of
                     Dollars ($        ) on March 15, 2020 [or such greater or lesser amount as is
indicated on the Schedule of Exchanges of Notes on the other side of this Note]5 and to pay interest thereon as provided on the other side of this Note. 

Interest Payment Dates: March 15 and September 15, beginning September 15, 2015. 

Record Dates: March 1 and September 1. 

Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note. 

 

	5 	Include only if the Note is a Global Note. 








 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly executed. 

 

			
	VRX ESCROW CORP.
		
	By:		  

			Name:
			Title:










			
	Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication:
	This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture for the 5.375% Senior Notes due 2020.
	
	THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A., as Trustee


			
		
	By:		  



			
	 Authorized Signatory



 

			
	Dated:		  









 [FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF NOTE] 

VRX ESCROW CORP. 
 5.375% SENIOR
NOTES DUE 2020 
  

	1.	INTEREST 

 The Company shall pay interest on this Note semiannually in arrears on March 15
and September 15, each an “interest payment date,” of each year, commencing on September 15, 2015, at the rate per annum specified in the title of this Note. Interest shall accrue from and including March 27, 2015 or
else the most recent interest payment date to which interest had been paid or duly provided for to but excluding the date on which such interest is paid. Interest on this Note will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

 The Company shall, (in immediately available funds) to the fullest extent permitted by law, pay interest on overdue principal (including
premium, if any) and overdue installments of interest from the original due date to the date paid, at the rate applicable to this Note plus 1% per annum, which interest shall be payable on demand. 

The interest so payable and punctually paid or duly provided for on any interest payment date will be paid to the Person in whose name this
Note is registered at the close of business on March 1 or September 1 preceding such interest payment date (the “Record Date”) except as provided in the Indenture. Payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and
interest on this Note will be made in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts and as otherwise provided in the Indenture. 

 

	2.	METHOD OF PAYMENT 

 [The Company will make payments in respect of this Note (including
principal, premium, if any, interest) by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Holder.]1 [The Company will make all payments of principal, interest and
premium, if any, with respect to this Note by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Holders, in the case of a Holder holding an aggregate principal amount of Notes of $1,000,000 or more, or, if no such account
is specified or in the case of a Holder holding an aggregate principal amount of Notes of less than $1,000,000, by mailing a check to each such Holder’s registered address.]2 All payments
shall be made in immediately available funds in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Payments to any Holder holding an aggregate principal amount of
Notes in excess of $1,000,000 shall be made by wire transfer in immediately available funds to an account maintained by such Holder in the United States, if such Holder has provided wire transfer instructions to the Company at least 10 Business Days
prior to the payment date. Any wire transfer instructions received by the Trustee will remain in effect until revoked by the Holder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as this Note is registered in the name of a Depositary or its nominee, all
payments hereon shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account of the Depositary or its nominee. 
  

	1 	Include only if the Note is a Global Note. 


	2 	Include only if the Note is a Definitive Note. 









	3.	PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR 

 Initially, The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. (the
“Trustee”) will act as Paying Agent and Registrar in New York. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to the Holder. The Company or any of their Subsidiaries may, subject to certain limitations set forth
in the Indenture, act as Paying Agent or Registrar. 
  

	4.	INDENTURE, LIMITATIONS 

 This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Notes of the Company
designated as its 5.375% Senior Notes due 2020 (the “Notes”), issued under an Indenture dated as of March 27, 2015 (together with any supplemental indentures thereto, the “Indenture”), among the Company, the
Trustee and The Bank of New York Mellon, acting through its London branch, as Euro Paying Agent. The terms of this Note include those stated in the Indenture. This Note is subject to all such terms, and the Holder of this Note is referred to the
Indenture and said Act for a statement of them. Capitalized terms used and not defined herein have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Indenture. 

The Company shall be entitled to issue Additional Notes pursuant to Section 2.1(c) of the Indenture. 

 

	5.	OPTIONAL REDEMPTION; PURCHASE OF NOTES AT OPTION OF HOLDER. 

 (a) Optional Redemption.
The Notes are redeemable at the option of the Company at the prices, and upon the terms and conditions, set forth in Section 3.7 of the Indenture. 

(b) Repurchase at Option of Holder. If there is a Change of Control, the Company shall be required to make an offer (a “Change
of Control Offer”) to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of each Holder’s Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and
unpaid interest thereon, if any, to, but excluding, the date of purchase (the “Change of Control Payment”). Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Company shall send a notice to each Holder setting forth the procedures
governing the Change of Control Offer as required by the Indenture. 
 If after the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary consummates any Asset
Sale, the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds the greater of $275.0 million or 1.0% of Consolidated Total Assets, the Company shall commence an offer to all Holders of Notes and all holders of other Parity Indebtedness to purchase the
maximum aggregate principal amount of Notes and such other Parity Indebtedness that may be purchased (or repaid, prepaid or redeemed) equal to the aggregate Excess Proceeds (an “Asset Sale Offer”) pursuant to Section 4.14 of
the Indenture to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes and other Parity Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the amount of such Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus
accrued and unpaid interest to, but not including, the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes and other Parity Indebtedness tendered
pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Parent (or such Restricted Subsidiary) may use such deficiency for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other
Parity Indebtedness surrendered by holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Company shall select the Notes and other Parity Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis. Holders of Notes that are the subject of an offer
to purchase will receive an Asset Sale Offer from the Company prior to any related purchase date and may elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Notes.








 (d) Special Mandatory Redemption. If the Tender Offer is not consummated on or
prior to the Outside Date or if the Parent shall notify the Trustee in writing of the Parent’s announcement that the Merger Agreement has been terminated or determine that the Tender Offer will not otherwise be pursued, then the Company will,
on a day not more than three Business Days following the Outside Date or the date of such notice, as applicable (such date, the “Special Mandatory Redemption Date”), redeem all of the Notes (the “Special Mandatory
Redemption”) at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the gross proceeds of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest from the Issue Date (the “Special Mandatory Redemption Price”). Notice of the Special
Mandatory Redemption will be mailed promptly to each Holder of Notes at its registered address, to the Trustee and to the Escrow Agent. 

(e) Notice of Redemption. Notice of redemption will be given at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to
each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address. Notes in denominations larger than $2,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000, unless all of the Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed. On and after
the redemption date interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption. 
  

	6.	DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE, CANCELLATION 

 The Notes are in registered form, without
coupons, in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder may register the transfer of or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish
appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and to pay any taxes or other governmental charges that may be imposed in relation thereto by law or permitted by the Indenture. 

All Notes surrendered for payment, registration of transfer or exchange or conversion will, if surrendered to the Company or any of its other
Agents with respect to the Notes, be delivered to the Trustee. The Trustee will promptly cancel all Notes delivered to it. No Notes will be authenticated in exchange for any Notes cancelled, except as provided in the Indenture. 

 

	7.	PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS 

 The Holder of a Note may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.

  

	8.	UNCLAIMED MONEY 

 If money for the payment of principal or interest remains unclaimed for two
years, the Trustee or Paying Agent will pay the money back to the Company at its written request, subject to applicable unclaimed property law. After that, Holders entitled to money must look to the Company for payment as general creditors unless an
applicable abandoned property law designates another person. 
  

	9.	AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER 

 Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture (with respect to
the Notes) or the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, and an existing default or Event of Default and its consequence or compliance
with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes may be waived in a particular instance with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding. Without the consent of or notice to any Holder, the
Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture (with respect to the Notes) or the Notes to, among other things, cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency or make any other change that does not adversely affect the rights of any
Holder. 







 In addition, except as set forth under Article 10, without the consent of Holders of at least 66
2/3% in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes), no amendment or supplement may release the Note Guarantees.

  

	10.	SUCCESSOR ENTITY 

 When a successor corporation assumes all the obligations of its predecessor
under the Notes and the Indenture in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Indenture, the predecessor corporation (except in certain circumstances specified in the Indenture) shall be released from those obligations. 

 

	11.	DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES 

 Under the Indenture, an Event of Default includes: (i) default in
payment of any principal (including, without limitation, any premium) on the Notes when due; (ii) default for 30 days in payment of interest on any Notes; (iii) failure by the Company, the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for
60 days after notice to it to comply with certain covenants contained in the Indenture or the Notes; (iv) default in the payment of certain indebtedness of the Parent or a Significant Subsidiary; (v) certain events of bankruptcy,
insolvency or reorganization of the Parent or any Significant Subsidiary; (vi) failure by the Company to pay or cause to be paid the Special Mandatory Redemption Price on the Special Mandatory Redemption Date, if any, and (vii) certain
other events described in the Indenture. If an Event of Default (other than as a result of certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Parent) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate
principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may declare all unpaid principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest, if any, to the date of acceleration on the Notes then outstanding to be due and payable immediately, all as and to the extent
provided in the Indenture. If an Event of Default occurs as a result of certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Parent, unpaid principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest, if any, on the Notes then outstanding shall
become due and payable immediately without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder, all as and to the extent provided in the Indenture. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the
Indenture. The Trustee may require indemnity satisfactory to it before it enforces the Indenture or the Notes. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may direct the Trustee
in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders notice of any continuing default (except a default in payment of principal or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interests. The Company is
required to file periodic reports with the Trustee as to the absence of default. 
  

	12.	TRUSTEE DEALINGS WITH THE COMPANY 

 The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., the Trustee
under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from and perform services for the Company or an Affiliate of the Company and may otherwise deal with the Company or an Affiliate of the Company as if it
were not the Trustee. 
  

	13.	NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS 

 A director, officer, employee or shareowner, as such, of the
Company or any Note Guarantor shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Company or any Note Guarantor under the Notes or the Indenture nor for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. The
Holder of this Note by accepting this Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of this Note. 








	14.	AUTHENTICATION 

 This Note shall not be valid until the Trustee or an authenticating agent
manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note. 
  

	15.	ABBREVIATIONS AND DEFINITIONS 

 Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of the Holder or
an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian) and UGMA (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act). 

 

	16.	INDENTURE TO CONTROL; GOVERNING LAW 

 In the case of any conflict between the provisions of this
Note and the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall control. This Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without regard to principles of conflicts of law. 

The Company will furnish to any Holder, upon written request and without charge, a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to: VRX Escrow
Corp., c/o Valeant Pharmaceuticals International, Inc., 400 Somerset Corporate Boulevard, Bridgewater, New Jersey 08807, Telephone: (905) 286-3000, Attention: Investor Relations. 







 ASSIGNMENT FORM 

To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 

I or we assign and transfer this Note to 
  

 
 (Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or
tax I.D. no.) 
  
  

 
  
  

 
 (Print or type assignee’s name,
address and zip code) 
 and irrevocably appoint 
  

 
 agent to transfer this Note on the books of the
Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him or her. 
  

							
							Your Signature:
				
	Date:		  
				  

							(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)

 * Signature guaranteed by: 
  

			
	By:		  


  

	*	The signature must be guaranteed by an institution which is a member of one of the following recognized signature guaranty programs: (i) the Securities Transfer Agent Medallion Program (STAMP); (ii) the New
York Stock Exchange Medallion Program (MSP); (iii) the Stock Exchange Medallion Program (SEMP); or (iv) such other guaranty program acceptable to the Trustee. 








 OPTION TO ELECT PURCHASE 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 3.8 or Section 4.14 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box
below: 
  ̈    Section
3.8             ̈    Section 4.14 

If you want to elect to have only part of the Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 3.8 or Section 4.14 of the Indenture, state the
amount you elect to have purchased: 

$                     

 

									
	Date:		  
						
							  
 Your Signature:

				
							  

							(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)
					
							Tax Identification No.:		  



 

					
	Signature Guarantee*:		  
		

  

	*	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee). 








 SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF NOTES3 

The following exchanges, repurchases or conversions of a part of this global Note have been made: 

 

							
	 PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE
FOLLOWING SUCH DECREASE DATE OF
EXCHANGE (OR INCREASE)
	  	AUTHORIZED
SIGNATORY OF
NOTES
CUSTODIAN	  	AMOUNT OF DECREASE
IN PRINCIPAL AMOUNT
OF THIS GLOBAL
NOTE	  	AMOUNT OF INCREASE
IN PRINCIPAL AMOUNT
OF THIS GLOBAL
NOTE
		  		  		  	
		  		  		  	
		  		  		  	

  

	3 	This schedule should be included only if the Note is a Global Note. 








 CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED UPON EXCHANGE OR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER OF RESTRICTED SECURITIES4 
  

	Re:	5.375% Senior Notes due 2020 (the “Notes”) of VRX Escrow Corp. (the “Company”). 


This certificate relates to
$                     principal amount of Notes owned in (check applicable box) 

 ̈ book-entry or  ̈ definitive form
by                     (the “Transferor”). 

The Transferor has requested a Registrar or the Trustee to exchange or register the transfer of such Notes. 

In connection with such request and in respect of each such Note, the Transferor does hereby certify that the Transferor is familiar with
transfer restrictions relating to the Notes as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture dated as of March 27, 2015 among VRX Escrow Corp., The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as the Trustee, Registrar and Paying Agent and The
Bank of New York Mellon, acting through its London branch, as Euro Paying Agent (the “Indenture”), and the transfer of such Note is in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any state and is being made pursuant to an
effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) (check applicable box) or the transfer or exchange, as the case may be, of such Note does not require registration under the
Securities Act because (check applicable box): 
  

	 	 ̈	Such Note is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act. 

  

	 	 ̈	Such Note is being acquired for the Transferor’s own account, without transfer. 

  

	 	 ̈	Such Note is being transferred to the Company or a Subsidiary (as defined in the Indenture) of the Company. 

  

	 	 ̈	Such Note is being transferred to a person the Transferor reasonably believes is a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A or any successor provision thereto (“Rule 144A”)
under the Securities Act) that is purchasing for its own account or for the account of a “qualified institutional buyer,” in each case to whom notice has been given that the transfer is being made in reliance on such Rule 144A, and in each
case in reliance on Rule 144A. 

  

	 	 ̈	Such Note is being transferred pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements under the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144 (or any successor thereto) (“Rule
144”) under the Securities Act. 

  

	 	 ̈	Such Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in compliance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act (or any successor thereto). 


 

	4 	This certificate should be included only if this Note is a Restricted Note. 









	 	 ̈	Such Note is being transferred to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of the Securities Act) that has provided a letter addressed to the Company, in
the form of Exhibit C attached to the Indenture, containing certain representations and agreements. 

  

							
	Date:		  
				  

							(Insert Name of Transferor)








 EXHIBIT A-2 

VRX ESCROW CORP. 
 5.875% SENIOR
NOTES DUE 2023 
 [FORM OF FACE OF NOTE] 

[UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR
REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (AND ANY PAYMENT HEREON
IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL SINCE THE
REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE THEREOF. THIS NOTE IS
EXCHANGEABLE FOR SECURITIES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN THE DEPOSITARY OR ITS NOMINEE ONLY IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE AND, UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR SECURITIES IN
DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO
A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY.]1 
 [THIS NOTE HAS
NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS EXCEPT AS SET FORTH
BELOW. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT), (B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS NOTE IN AN
OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (C) IT IS AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR (AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3), OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR”), (2) AGREES
THAT IT WILL NOT PRIOR TO THE FIRST ANNIVERSARY OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUANCE OF THIS NOTE RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS NOTE EXCEPT (A) TO THE ISSUER OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL
BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES (OR HAS FURNISHED ON ITS BEHALF BY A U.S. BROKER- DEALER) TO THE TRUSTEE A SIGNED LETTER
CONTAINING 
  

	1 	 Include only if the Note is a Global Note. 









 
CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE (THE FORM OF WHICH LETTER CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE FOR THIS NOTE), (D) OUTSIDE THE UNITED
STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), (E) PURSUANT TO THE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), (F) IN ACCORDANCE WITH
ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IF THE ISSUER SO REQUESTS), OR (G) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND (3) AGREES
THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS NOTE IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE WITHIN ONE YEAR AFTER THE ORIGINAL ISSUANCE OF THIS NOTE, IF THE PROPOSED TRANSFEREE
IS AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR, THE HOLDER MUST, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISH TO THE TRUSTEE AND THE ISSUER SUCH CERTIFICATIONS, LEGAL OPINIONS OR OTHER INFORMATION AS EITHER OF THEM MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS BEING MADE
PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION,” “UNITED STATES” AND “U.S. PERSON” HAVE THE
MEANING GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.]2 
 [CANADIAN RESALE
LEGEND 
 UNLESS PERMITTED UNDER SECURITIES LEGISLATION, THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE MUST NOT TRADE THE NOTE BEFORE THE DATE THAT IS 4 MONTHS
AND A DAY AFTER MARCH 27, 2015.]3 
 [THIS NOTE AND ANY RELATED DOCUMENTATION MAY BE
AMENDED OR SUPPLEMENTED FROM TIME TO TIME TO MODIFY THE RESTRICTIONS ON RESALES AND OTHER TRANSFERS OF THIS NOTE TO REFLECT ANY CHANGE IN APPLICABLE LAW OR REGULATION (OR THE INTERPRETATION THEREOF) OR IN PRACTICES RELATING TO THE RESALE OR TRANSFER
OF RESTRICTED SECURITIES GENERALLY. THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE SHALL BE DEEMED BY THE ACCEPTANCE OF THIS NOTE TO HAVE AGREED TO ANY SUCH AMENDMENT OR SUPPLEMENT.]4 

 

	2 	Include only if the Note is a Restricted Note. 


	3 	TBC. Include until no longer necessary under Canadian securities laws. 


	4 	Include only if the Note is a Restricted Note. 








 VRX ESCROW CORP. 
  

			
	CUSIP: [144A: 91831A AB7, Reg. S: C96729 AB1]		
	ISIN: [144A: US91831AAB70, Reg. S: USC96729AB14]		No. [    ]

 5.875% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2023 

VRX Escrow Corp., a Canadian corporation (the “Company,” which term shall include any successor corporation under the
Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof) promises to pay to                     or its registered assigns, the principal sum of
                    Dollars ($        ) on May 15, 2023 [or such greater or lesser amount as is
indicated on the Schedule of Exchanges of Notes on the other side of this Note]5 and to pay interest thereon as provided on the other side of this Note. 

Interest Payment Dates: May 15 and November 15, beginning November 15, 2015. 

Record Dates: May 1 and November 1. 

Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note. 

 

	5 	Include only if the Note is a Global Note. 








 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly executed. 

 

			
	VRX ESCROW CORP.
		
	By:		  

			Name:
			Title:










			
	 Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication:

This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture for the 5.875% Senior Notes due 2023.

 
 THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A., as Trustee

		
	By:		  



			
	Authorized Signatory

  

			
	Dated:		  









 [FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF NOTE] 

VRX ESCROW CORP. 
 5.875% SENIOR
NOTES DUE 2023 
  

	1.	INTEREST 

 The Company shall pay interest on this Note semiannually in arrears on May 15
and November 15, each an “interest payment date,” of each year, commencing on November 15, 2015, at the rate per annum specified in the title of this Note. Interest shall accrue from and including March 27, 2015 or
else the most recent interest payment date to which interest had been paid or duly provided for to but excluding the date on which such interest is paid. Interest on this Note will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

 The Company shall, (in immediately available funds) to the fullest extent permitted by law, pay interest on overdue principal (including
premium, if any) and overdue installments of interest from the original due date to the date paid, at the rate applicable to this Note plus 1% per annum, which interest shall be payable on demand. 

The interest so payable and punctually paid or duly provided for on any interest payment date will be paid to the Person in whose name this
Note is registered at the close of business on May 1 or November 1 preceding such interest payment date (the “Record Date”) except as provided in the Indenture. Payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and
interest on this Note will be made in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts and as otherwise provided in the Indenture. 

 

	2.	METHOD OF PAYMENT 

 [The Company will make payments in respect of this Note (including
principal, premium, if any, interest) by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Holder.]1 [The Company will make all payments of principal, interest and
premium, if any, with respect to this Note by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Holders, in the case of a Holder holding an aggregate principal amount of Notes of $1,000,000 or more, or, if no such account
is specified or in the case of a Holder holding an aggregate principal amount of Notes of less than $1,000,000, by mailing a check to each such Holder’s registered address.]2 All payments
shall be made in immediately available funds in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Payments to any Holder holding an aggregate principal amount of
Notes in excess of $1,000,000 shall be made by wire transfer in immediately available funds to an account maintained by such Holder in the United States, if such Holder has provided wire transfer instructions to the Company at least 10 Business Days
prior to the payment date. Any wire transfer instructions received by the Trustee will remain in effect until revoked by the Holder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as this Note is registered in the name of a Depositary or its nominee, all
payments hereon shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account of the Depositary or its nominee. 
  

	1 	Include only if the Note is a Definitive Note. 


	2 	Include only if the Note is a Global Note. 









	3.	PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR 

 Initially, The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. (the
“Trustee”) will act as Paying Agent and Registrar in New York. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to the Holder. The Company or any of their Subsidiaries may, subject to certain limitations set forth
in the Indenture, act as Paying Agent or Registrar. 
  

	4.	INDENTURE, LIMITATIONS 

 This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Notes of the Company
designated as its 5.875% Senior Notes due 2023 (the “Notes”), issued under an Indenture dated as of March 27, 2015 (together with any supplemental indentures thereto, the “Indenture”), among the Company, the
Trustee and The Bank of New York Mellon, acting through its London branch, as Euro Paying Agent. The terms of this Note include those stated in the Indenture. This Note is subject to all such terms, and the Holder of this Note is referred to the
Indenture and said Act for a statement of them. Capitalized terms used and not defined herein have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Indenture. 

The Company shall be entitled to issue Additional Notes pursuant to Section 2.1(c) of the Indenture. 

 

	5.	OPTIONAL REDEMPTION; PURCHASE OF NOTES AT OPTION OF HOLDER. 

 (a) Optional Redemption.
The Notes are redeemable at the option of the Company at the prices, and upon the terms and conditions, set forth in Section 3.7 of the Indenture. 

(b) Repurchase at Option of Holder. If there is a Change of Control, the Company shall be required to make an offer (a “Change
of Control Offer”) to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of each Holder’s Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and
unpaid interest thereon, if any, to, but excluding, the date of purchase (the “Change of Control Payment”). Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Company shall send a notice to each Holder setting forth the procedures
governing the Change of Control Offer as required by the Indenture. 
 If after the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary consummates any Asset
Sale, the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds the greater of $275.0 million or 1.0% of Consolidated Total Assets, the Company shall commence an offer to all Holders of Notes and all holders of other Parity Indebtedness to purchase the
maximum aggregate principal amount of Notes and such other Parity Indebtedness that may be purchased (or repaid, prepaid or redeemed) equal to the aggregate Excess Proceeds (an “Asset Sale Offer”) pursuant to Section 4.14 of
the Indenture to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes and other Parity Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the amount of such Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus
accrued and unpaid interest to, but not including, the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes and other Parity Indebtedness tendered
pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Parent (or such Restricted Subsidiary) may use such deficiency for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other
Parity Indebtedness surrendered by holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Company shall select the Notes and other Parity Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis. Holders of Notes that are the subject of an offer
to purchase will receive an Asset Sale Offer from the Company prior to any related purchase date and may elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Notes.








 (d) Special Mandatory Redemption. If the Tender Offer is not consummated on or
prior to the Outside Date or if the Parent shall notify the Trustee in writing of the Parent’s announcement that the Merger Agreement has been terminated or determine that the Tender Offer will not otherwise be pursued, then the Company will,
on a day not more than three Business Days following the Outside Date or the date of such notice, as applicable (such date, the “Special Mandatory Redemption Date”), redeem all of the Notes (the “Special Mandatory
Redemption”) at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the gross proceeds of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest from the Issue Date (the “Special Mandatory Redemption Price”). Notice of the Special
Mandatory Redemption will be mailed promptly to each Holder of Notes at its registered address, to the Trustee and to the Escrow Agent. 

(e) Notice of Redemption. Notice of redemption will be given at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to
each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address. Notes in denominations larger than $2,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000, unless all of the Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed. On and after
the redemption date interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption. 
  

	6.	DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE, CANCELLATION 

 The Notes are in registered form, without
coupons, in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder may register the transfer of or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish
appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and to pay any taxes or other governmental charges that may be imposed in relation thereto by law or permitted by the Indenture. 

All Notes surrendered for payment, registration of transfer or exchange or conversion will, if surrendered to the Company or any of its other
Agents with respect to the Notes, be delivered to the Trustee. The Trustee will promptly cancel all Notes delivered to it. No Notes will be authenticated in exchange for any Notes cancelled, except as provided in the Indenture. 

 

	7.	PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS 

 The Holder of a Note may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.

  

	8.	UNCLAIMED MONEY 

 If money for the payment of principal or interest remains unclaimed for two
years, the Trustee or Paying Agent will pay the money back to the Company at its written request, subject to applicable unclaimed property law. After that, Holders entitled to money must look to the Company for payment as general creditors unless an
applicable abandoned property law designates another person. 
  

	9.	AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER 

 Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture (with respect to
the Notes) or the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, and an existing default or Event of Default and its consequence or compliance
with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes may be waived in a particular instance with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding. Without the consent of or notice to any Holder, the
Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture (with respect to the Notes) or the Notes to, among other things, cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency or make any other change that does not adversely affect the rights of any
Holder. 







 In addition, except as set forth under Article 10, without the consent of Holders of at least 66
2/3% in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes), no amendment or supplement may release the Note Guarantees.

  

	10.	SUCCESSOR ENTITY 

 When a successor corporation assumes all the obligations of its predecessor
under the Notes and the Indenture in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Indenture, the predecessor corporation (except in certain circumstances specified in the Indenture) shall be released from those obligations. 

 

	11.	DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES 

 Under the Indenture, an Event of Default includes: (i) default in
payment of any principal (including, without limitation, any premium) on the Notes when due; (ii) default for 30 days in payment of interest on any Notes; (iii) failure by the Company, the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for
60 days after notice to it to comply with certain covenants contained in the Indenture or the Notes; (iv) default in the payment of certain indebtedness of the Parent or a Significant Subsidiary; (v) certain events of bankruptcy,
insolvency or reorganization of the Parent or any Significant Subsidiary; (vi) failure by the Company to pay or cause to be paid the Special Mandatory Redemption Price on the Special Mandatory Redemption Date, if any, and (vii) certain
other events described in the Indenture. If an Event of Default (other than as a result of certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Parent) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate
principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may declare all unpaid principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest, if any, to the date of acceleration on the Notes then outstanding to be due and payable immediately, all as and to the extent
provided in the Indenture. If an Event of Default occurs as a result of certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Parent, unpaid principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest, if any, on the Notes then outstanding shall
become due and payable immediately without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder, all as and to the extent provided in the Indenture. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the
Indenture. The Trustee may require indemnity satisfactory to it before it enforces the Indenture or the Notes. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may direct the Trustee
in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders notice of any continuing default (except a default in payment of principal or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interests. The Company is
required to file periodic reports with the Trustee as to the absence of default. 
  

	12.	TRUSTEE DEALINGS WITH THE COMPANY 

 The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., the Trustee
under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from and perform services for the Company or an Affiliate of the Company and may otherwise deal with the Company or an Affiliate of the Company as if it
were not the Trustee. 
  

	13.	NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS 

 A director, officer, employee or shareowner, as such, of the
Company or any Note Guarantor shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Company or any Note Guarantor under the Notes or the Indenture nor for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. The
Holder of this Note by accepting this Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of this Note. 








	14.	AUTHENTICATION 

 This Note shall not be valid until the Trustee or an authenticating agent
manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note. 
  

	15.	ABBREVIATIONS AND DEFINITIONS 

 Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of the Holder or
an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian) and UGMA (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act). 

 

	16.	INDENTURE TO CONTROL; GOVERNING LAW 

 In the case of any conflict between the provisions of this
Note and the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall control. This Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without regard to principles of conflicts of law. 

The Company will furnish to any Holder, upon written request and without charge, a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to: VRX Escrow
Corp., c/o Valeant Pharmaceuticals International, Inc., 400 Somerset Corporate Boulevard, Bridgewater, New Jersey 08807, Telephone: (905) 286-3000, Attention: Investor Relations. 







 ASSIGNMENT FORM 

To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 

I or we assign and transfer this Note to 
  

 
 (Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or
tax I.D. no.) 
  
  

 
  
  

 
 (Print or type assignee’s name,
address and zip code) 
 and irrevocably appoint 
  

 
 agent to transfer this Note on the books of the
Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him or her. 
  

							
							Your Signature:
				
	Date:		  
				  

							(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)

 *Signature guaranteed by: 
  

			
	By:		  


  

	*	The signature must be guaranteed by an institution which is a member of one of the following recognized signature guaranty programs: (i) the Securities Transfer Agent Medallion Program (STAMP); (ii) the New
York Stock Exchange Medallion Program (MSP); (iii) the Stock Exchange Medallion Program (SEMP); or (iv) such other guaranty program acceptable to the Trustee. 








 OPTION TO ELECT PURCHASE 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 3.8 or Section 4.14 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box
below: 
  ̈    Section
3.8             ̈    Section 4.14 

If you want to elect to have only part of the Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 3.8 or Section 4.14 of the Indenture, state the
amount you elect to have purchased: 

$                     

 

									
	Date:		  
						
							  
 Your Signature:

				
							  

							(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)
					
							Tax Identification No.:		  



 

					
	Signature Guarantee*:		  
		

  

	*	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee). 








 SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF NOTES3 

The following exchanges, repurchases or conversions of a part of this global Note have been made: 

 

							
	 PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE
FOLLOWING SUCH DECREASE DATE OF
EXCHANGE (OR INCREASE)
	  	AUTHORIZED
SIGNATORY OF
NOTES
CUSTODIAN	  	AMOUNT OF DECREASE
IN PRINCIPAL AMOUNT
OF THIS GLOBAL
NOTE	  	AMOUNT OF INCREASE
IN PRINCIPAL AMOUNT
OF THIS GLOBAL
NOTE
		  		  		  	
		  		  		  	
		  		  		  	

  

	3 	This schedule should be included only if the Note is a Global Note. 








 CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED UPON EXCHANGE OR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER OF RESTRICTED SECURITIES4 
  

	Re:	5.875% Senior Notes due 2023 (the “Notes”) of VRX Escrow Corp. (the “Company”). 


This certificate relates to $         principal amount of Notes owned in (check applicable box) 

 ̈ book-entry or  ̈ definitive form
by                     (the “Transferor”). 

The Transferor has requested a Registrar or the Trustee to exchange or register the transfer of such Notes. 

In connection with such request and in respect of each such Note, the Transferor does hereby certify that the Transferor is familiar with
transfer restrictions relating to the Notes as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture dated as of March 27, 2015 among VRX Escrow Corp., The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as the Trustee, Registrar and Paying Agent and The
Bank of New York Mellon, acting through its London branch, as Euro Paying Agent (the “Indenture”), and the transfer of such Note is in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any state and is being made pursuant to an
effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) (check applicable box) or the transfer or exchange, as the case may be, of such Note does not require registration under the
Securities Act because (check applicable box): 
  

	 	 ̈	Such Note is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act. 

  

	 	 ̈	Such Note is being acquired for the Transferor’s own account, without transfer. 

  

	 	 ̈	Such Note is being transferred to the Company or a Subsidiary (as defined in the Indenture) of the Company. 

  

	 	 ̈	Such Note is being transferred to a person the Transferor reasonably believes is a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A or any successor provision thereto (“Rule 144A”)
under the Securities Act) that is purchasing for its own account or for the account of a “qualified institutional buyer,” in each case to whom notice has been given that the transfer is being made in reliance on such Rule 144A, and in each
case in reliance on Rule 144A. 

  

	 	 ̈	Such Note is being transferred pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements under the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144 (or any successor thereto) (“Rule
144”) under the Securities Act. 

  

	 	 ̈	Such Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in compliance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act (or any successor thereto). 


 

	4 	This certificate should be included only if this Note is a Restricted Note. 









	 	 ̈	Such Note is being transferred to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of the Securities Act) that has provided a letter addressed to the Company, in
the form of Exhibit C attached to the Indenture, containing certain representations and agreements. 

  

							
	Date:		  
				  

							(Insert Name of Transferor)








 EXHIBIT A-3 

VRX ESCROW CORP. 
 6.125% SENIOR
NOTES DUE 2025 
 [FORM OF FACE OF NOTE] 

[UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR
REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (AND ANY PAYMENT HEREON
IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL SINCE THE
REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE THEREOF. THIS NOTE IS
EXCHANGEABLE FOR SECURITIES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN THE DEPOSITARY OR ITS NOMINEE ONLY IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE AND, UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR SECURITIES IN
DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO
A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY.]1 
 [THIS NOTE HAS
NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS EXCEPT AS SET FORTH
BELOW. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT), (B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS NOTE IN AN
OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (C) IT IS AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR (AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3), OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR”), (2) AGREES
THAT IT WILL NOT PRIOR TO THE FIRST ANNIVERSARY OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUANCE OF THIS NOTE RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS NOTE EXCEPT (A) TO THE ISSUER OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL
BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES (OR HAS FURNISHED ON ITS BEHALF BY A U.S. BROKER- DEALER) TO THE TRUSTEE A SIGNED LETTER
CONTAINING 
  

	1 	Include only if the Note is a Global Note. 








 
CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE (THE FORM OF WHICH LETTER CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE FOR THIS NOTE), (D) OUTSIDE THE UNITED
STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), (E) PURSUANT TO THE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), (F) IN ACCORDANCE WITH
ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IF THE ISSUER SO REQUESTS), OR (G) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND (3) AGREES
THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS NOTE IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE WITHIN ONE YEAR AFTER THE ORIGINAL ISSUANCE OF THIS NOTE, IF THE PROPOSED TRANSFEREE
IS AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR, THE HOLDER MUST, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISH TO THE TRUSTEE AND THE ISSUER SUCH CERTIFICATIONS, LEGAL OPINIONS OR OTHER INFORMATION AS EITHER OF THEM MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS BEING MADE
PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION,” “UNITED STATES” AND “U.S. PERSON” HAVE THE
MEANING GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.]2 
 [CANADIAN RESALE
LEGEND 
 UNLESS PERMITTED UNDER SECURITIES LEGISLATION, THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE MUST NOT TRADE THE NOTE BEFORE THE DATE THAT IS 4 MONTHS
AND A DAY AFTER MARCH 27, 2015.]3 
 [THIS NOTE AND ANY RELATED DOCUMENTATION MAY BE
AMENDED OR SUPPLEMENTED FROM TIME TO TIME TO MODIFY THE RESTRICTIONS ON RESALES AND OTHER TRANSFERS OF THIS NOTE TO REFLECT ANY CHANGE IN APPLICABLE LAW OR REGULATION (OR THE INTERPRETATION THEREOF) OR IN PRACTICES RELATING TO THE RESALE OR TRANSFER
OF RESTRICTED SECURITIES GENERALLY. THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE SHALL BE DEEMED BY THE ACCEPTANCE OF THIS NOTE TO HAVE AGREED TO ANY SUCH AMENDMENT OR SUPPLEMENT.]4 

 

	2 	Include only if the Note is a Restricted Note. 


	3 	TBC. Include until no longer necessary under Canadian securities laws. 


	4 	Include only if the Note is a Restricted Note. 








 VRX ESCROW CORP. 
  

			
	CUSIP: [144A: 91831A AC5, Reg. S: C96729 AC9]		
	ISIN: [144A: US91831AAC53, Reg. S: USC96729AC96]		No. [    ]

 6.125% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2025 

VRX Escrow Corp., a Canadian corporation (the “Company,” which term shall include any successor corporation under the
Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof) promises to pay to                      or its registered assigns, the principal sum of
                     Dollars ($        ) on April 15, 2025 [or such greater or lesser amount as is
indicated on the Schedule of Exchanges of Notes on the other side of this Note]5 and to pay interest thereon as provided on the other side of this Note. 

Interest Payment Dates: April 15 and October 15, beginning October 15, 2015. 

Record Dates: April 1 and October 1. 

Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note. 

 

	5 	Include only if the Note is a Global Note. 








 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly executed. 

 

					
	VRX ESCROW CORP.
		
	By:		  

			Name:		
			Title:		










			
	 Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication:

This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture for the 6.125% Senior Notes due 2025.

	
	THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A., as Trustee
		
	By:		  

	Authorized Signatory
		
	Dated:		  









 [FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF NOTE] 

VRX ESCROW CORP. 
 6.125% SENIOR
NOTES DUE 2025 
  

	1.	INTEREST 

 The Company shall pay interest on this Note semiannually in arrears on April 15
and October 15, each an “interest payment date,” of each year, commencing on October 15, 2015, at the rate per annum specified in the title of this Note. Interest shall accrue from and including March 27, 2015 or else
the most recent interest payment date to which interest had been paid or duly provided for to but excluding the date on which such interest is paid. Interest on this Note will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. 

The Company shall, (in immediately available funds) to the fullest extent permitted by law, pay interest on overdue principal (including
premium, if any) and overdue installments of interest from the original due date to the date paid, at the rate applicable to this Note plus 1% per annum, which interest shall be payable on demand. 

The interest so payable and punctually paid or duly provided for on any interest payment date will be paid to the Person in whose name this
Note is registered at the close of business on April 1 or October 1 preceding such interest payment date (the “Record Date”) except as provided in the Indenture. Payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and
interest on this Note will be made in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts and as otherwise provided in the Indenture. 

 

	2.	METHOD OF PAYMENT 

 [The Company will make payments in respect of this Note (including
principal, premium, if any, interest) by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Holder.]1 [The Company will make all payments of principal, interest and
premium, if any, with respect to this Note by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Holders, in the case of a Holder holding an aggregate principal amount of Notes of $1,000,000 or more, or, if no such account
is specified or in the case of a Holder holding an aggregate principal amount of Notes of less than $1,000,000, by mailing a check to each such Holder’s registered address.]2 All payments
shall be made in immediately available funds in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Payments to any Holder holding an aggregate principal amount of
Notes in excess of $1,000,000 shall be made by wire transfer in immediately available funds to an account maintained by such Holder in the United States, if such Holder has provided wire transfer instructions to the Company at least 10 Business Days
prior to the payment date. Any wire transfer instructions received by the Trustee will remain in effect until revoked by the Holder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as this Note is registered in the name of a Depositary or its nominee, all
payments hereon shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account of the Depositary or its nominee. 
  

	1 	Include only if the Note is a Global Note. 


	2 	Include only if the Note is a Definitive Note. 









	3.	PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR 

 Initially, The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. (the
“Trustee”) will act as Paying Agent and Transfer Agent in New York. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to the Holder. The Company or any of their Subsidiaries may, subject to certain limitations set
forth in the Indenture, act as Paying Agent or Registrar. 
  

	4.	INDENTURE, LIMITATIONS 

 This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Notes of the Company
designated as its 6.125% Senior Notes due 2025 (the “Notes”), issued under an Indenture dated as of March 27, 2015 (together with any supplemental indentures thereto, the “Indenture”), among the Company, the
Trustee and The Bank of New York Mellon, acting through its London branch, as Euro Paying Agent. The terms of this Note include those stated in the Indenture. This Note is subject to all such terms, and the Holder of this Note is referred to the
Indenture and said Act for a statement of them. Capitalized terms used and not defined herein have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Indenture. 

The Company shall be entitled to issue Additional Notes pursuant to Section 2.1(c) of the Indenture. 

 

	5.	OPTIONAL REDEMPTION; PURCHASE OF NOTES AT OPTION OF HOLDER. 

 (a) Optional Redemption.
The Notes are redeemable at the option of the Company at the prices, and upon the terms and conditions, set forth in Section 3.7 of the Indenture. 

(b) Repurchase at Option of Holder. If there is a Change of Control, the Company shall be required to make an offer (a “Change
of Control Offer”) to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of each Holder’s Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and
unpaid interest thereon, if any, to, but excluding, the date of purchase (the “Change of Control Payment”). Within 30 days following any Change of Control the Company shall send a notice to each Holder setting forth the procedures
governing the Change of Control Offer as required by the Indenture. 
 If after the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary consummates any Asset
Sale, the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds the greater of $275.0 million or 1.0% of Consolidated Total Assets, the Company shall commence an offer to all Holders of Notes and all holders of other Parity Indebtedness to purchase the
maximum aggregate principal amount of Notes and such other Parity Indebtedness that may be purchased (or repaid, prepaid or redeemed) equal to the aggregate Excess Proceeds (an “Asset Sale Offer”) pursuant to Section 4.14 of
the Indenture to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes and other Parity Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the amount of such Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus
accrued and unpaid interest to, but not including, the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes and other Parity Indebtedness tendered
pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Parent (or such Restricted Subsidiary) may use such deficiency for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other
Parity Indebtedness surrendered by holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Company shall select the Notes and other Parity Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis. Holders of Notes that are the subject of an offer
to purchase will receive an Asset Sale Offer from the Company prior to any related purchase date and may elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Notes.








 (d) Special Mandatory Redemption. If the Tender Offer is not consummated on or prior to
the Outside Date or if the Parent shall notify the trustee in writing of the Parent’s announcement that the Merger Agreement has been terminated or determine that the Tender Offer will not otherwise be pursued, then the Company will, on a day
not more than three Business Days following the Outside Date or the date of such notice, as applicable (such date, the “Special Mandatory Redemption Date”), redeem all of the Notes (the “Special Mandatory
Redemption”) at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the gross proceeds of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest from the Issue Date (the “Special Mandatory Redemption Price”). Notice of the Special
Mandatory Redemption will be mailed promptly to each Holder of Notes at its registered address, to the Trustee and to the Escrow Agent. 

(e) Notice of Redemption. Notice of redemption will be given at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to
each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address. Notes in denominations larger than $2,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000, unless all of the Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed. On and after
the redemption date interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption. 
  

	6.	DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE, CANCELLATION 

 The Notes are in registered form, without
coupons, in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder may register the transfer of or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish
appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and to pay any taxes or other governmental charges that may be imposed in relation thereto by law or permitted by the Indenture. 

All Notes surrendered for payment, registration of transfer or exchange or conversion will, if surrendered to the Company or any of its other
Agents with respect to the Notes, be delivered to the Trustee. The Trustee will promptly cancel all Notes delivered to it. No Notes will be authenticated in exchange for any Notes cancelled, except as provided in the Indenture. 

 

	7.	PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS 

 The Holder of a Note may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.

  

	8.	UNCLAIMED MONEY 

 If money for the payment of principal or interest remains unclaimed for two
years, the Trustee or Paying Agent will pay the money back to the Company at its written request, subject to applicable unclaimed property law. After that, Holders entitled to money must look to the Company for payment as general creditors unless an
applicable abandoned property law designates another person. 
  

	9.	AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER 

 Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture (with respect to
the Notes) or the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, and an existing default or Event of Default and its consequence or compliance
with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes may be waived in a particular instance with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding. Without the consent of or notice to any Holder, the
Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture (with respect to the Notes) or the Notes to, among other things, cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency or make any other change that does not adversely affect the rights of any
Holder. 







 In addition, except as set forth under Article 10, without the consent of Holders of at least 66
2/3% in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes), no amendment or supplement may release the Note Guarantees.

  

	10.	SUCCESSOR ENTITY 

 When a successor corporation assumes all the obligations of its predecessor
under the Notes and the Indenture in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Indenture, the predecessor corporation (except in certain circumstances specified in the Indenture) shall be released from those obligations. 

 

	11.	DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES 

 Under the Indenture, an Event of Default includes: (i) default in
payment of any principal (including, without limitation, any premium) on the Notes when due; (ii) default for 30 days in payment of interest on any Notes; (iii) failure by the Company, the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for
60 days after notice to it to comply with certain covenants contained in the Indenture or the Notes; (iv) default in the payment of certain indebtedness of the Parent or a Significant Subsidiary; (v) certain events of bankruptcy,
insolvency or reorganization of the Parent or any Significant Subsidiary; (vi) failure by the Company to pay or cause to be paid the Special Mandatory Redemption Price on the Special Mandatory Redemption Date, if any, and (vii) certain
other events described in the Indenture. If an Event of Default (other than as a result of certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Parent) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate
principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may declare all unpaid principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest, if any, to the date of acceleration on the Notes then outstanding to be due and payable immediately, all as and to the extent
provided in the Indenture. If an Event of Default occurs as a result of certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Parent, unpaid principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest, if any, on the Notes then outstanding shall
become due and payable immediately without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder, all as and to the extent provided in the Indenture. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the
Indenture. The Trustee may require indemnity satisfactory to it before it enforces the Indenture or the Notes. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may direct the Trustee
in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders notice of any continuing default (except a default in payment of principal or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interests. The Company is
required to file periodic reports with the Trustee as to the absence of default. 
  

	12.	TRUSTEE DEALINGS WITH THE COMPANY 

 The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., the Trustee
under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from and perform services for the Company or an Affiliate of the Company and may otherwise deal with the Company or an Affiliate of the Company as if it
were not the Trustee. 
  

	13.	NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS 

 A director, officer, employee or shareowner, as such, of the
Company or any Note Guarantor shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Company or any Note Guarantor under the Notes or the Indenture nor for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. The
Holder of this Note by accepting this Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of this Note. 








	14.	AUTHENTICATION 

 This Note shall not be valid until the Trustee or an authenticating agent
manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note. 
  

	15.	ABBREVIATIONS AND DEFINITIONS 

 Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of the Holder or
an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian) and UGMA (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act). 

 

	16.	INDENTURE TO CONTROL; GOVERNING LAW 

 In the case of any conflict between the provisions of this
Note and the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall control. This Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without regard to principles of conflicts of law. 

The Company will furnish to any Holder, upon written request and without charge, a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to: VRX Escrow
Corp., c/o Valeant Pharmaceuticals International, Inc., 400 Somerset Corporate Boulevard, Bridgewater, New Jersey 08807, Telephone: (905) 286-3000, Attention: Investor Relations. 







 ASSIGNMENT FORM 

To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 

I or we assign and transfer this Note to 
  

 
 (Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or
tax I.D. no.) 
  
  

 
  
  

 
 (Print or type assignee’s name,
address and zip code) 
 and irrevocably appoint 
  

 
 agent to transfer this Note on the books of the
Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him or her. 
  

							
							Your Signature:
				
	Date:		  
				  

							(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)

 *Signature
guaranteed by: 
  

			
	By:		  


  

	*	The signature must be guaranteed by an institution which is a member of one of the following recognized signature guaranty programs: (i) the Securities Transfer Agent Medallion Program (STAMP); (ii) the New
York Stock Exchange Medallion Program (MSP); (iii) the Stock Exchange Medallion Program (SEMP); or (iv) such other guaranty program acceptable to the Trustee. 








 OPTION TO ELECT PURCHASE 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 3.8 or Section 4.14 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box
below: 
  ̈    Section
3.8             ̈    Section 4.14 

If you want to elect to have only part of the Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 3.8 or Section 4.14 of the Indenture, state the
amount you elect to have purchased: 

$                     

 

			
	Date:	 	  



 

					
		 	Your Signature:
		
		 	  

		 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)
			
		 	Tax Identification No.:	 	  



 

			
	 Signature Guarantee*:
	 	  


  

	*	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee). 








 SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF NOTES3 

The following exchanges, repurchases or conversions of a part of this global Note have been made: 

 

							
	 PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE
FOLLOWING SUCH DECREASE DATE OF
EXCHANGE (OR INCREASE)
	  	AUTHORIZED
SIGNATORY OF
NOTES
CUSTODIAN	  	AMOUNT OF DECREASE
IN PRINCIPAL AMOUNT
OF THIS GLOBAL
NOTE	  	AMOUNT OF INCREASE
IN PRINCIPAL AMOUNT
OF THIS GLOBAL
NOTE
		  		  		  	
		  		  		  	
		  		  		  	

  

	3 	This schedule should be included only if the Note is a Global Note. 








 CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED UPON EXCHANGE OR REGISTRATION 

OF TRANSFER OF RESTRICTED SECURITIES4 

 

	Re:	6.125% Senior Notes due 2025 (the “Notes”) of VRX Escrow Corp. (the “Company”). 


This certificate relates to $         principal amount of Notes owned in (check applicable box) 

 ̈  book-entry or
 ̈  definitive form by                     (the “Transferor”). 

The Transferor has requested a Registrar or the Trustee to exchange or register the transfer of such Notes. 

In connection with such request and in respect of each such Note, the Transferor does hereby certify that the Transferor is familiar with
transfer restrictions relating to the Notes as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture dated as of March 27, 2015 among VRX Escrow Corp., The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as the Trustee, Registrar and Paying Agent and The
Bank of New York Mellon, acting through its London branch, as Euro Paying Agent (the “Indenture”), and the transfer of such Note is in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any state and is being made pursuant to an
effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) (check applicable box) or the transfer or exchange, as the case may be, of such Note does not require registration under the
Securities Act because (check applicable box): 
  

	 	 ̈	Such Note is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act. 

  

	 	 ̈	Such Note is being acquired for the Transferor’s own account, without transfer. 

  

	 	 ̈	Such Note is being transferred to the Company or a Subsidiary (as defined in the Indenture) of the Company. 

  

	 	 ̈	Such Note is being transferred to a person the Transferor reasonably believes is a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A or any successor provision thereto (“Rule 144A”)
under the Securities Act) that is purchasing for its own account or for the account of a “qualified institutional buyer,” in each case to whom notice has been given that the transfer is being made in reliance on such Rule 144A, and in each
case in reliance on Rule 144A. 

  

	 	 ̈	Such Note is being transferred pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements under the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144 (or any successor thereto) (“Rule
144”) under the Securities Act. 

  

	 	 ̈	Such Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in compliance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act (or any successor thereto). 


 

	4 	This certificate should be included only if this Note is a Restricted Note. 


	 	









	 	 ̈	Such Note is being transferred to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of the Securities Act) that has provided a letter addressed to the Company, in
the form of Exhibit C attached to the Indenture, containing certain representations and agreements. 

  

							
	Date:		  
				  

							(Insert Name of Transferor)








 EXHIBIT A-4 

VRX ESCROW CORP. 
 EURO NOTE 

4.50% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2023 

[FORM OF FACE OF NOTE] 
 [UNLESS
THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON (NOMINEES) LIMITED, AS NOMINEE TO THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, LONDON BRANCH, AS COMMON DEPOSITARY FOR EUROCLEAR AND CLEARSTREAM, TO THE ISSUERS OR THEIR
AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, LONDON BRANCH, AS COMMON DEPOSITARY OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE
OF THE COMMON DEPOSITARY (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CIVIC NOMINEES LIMITED OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE COMMON DEPOSITARY), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO
ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL IN AS MUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, LONDON BRANCH, HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. 

TRANSFERS OF THIS CERTIFICATE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF THE COMMON DEPOSITARY OR TO A SUCCESSOR
THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS CERTIFICATE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF. 

THIS CERTIFICATE AND ANY RELATED DOCUMENTATION MAY BE AMENDED OR SUPPLEMENTED FROM TIME TO TIME TO MODIFY THE RESTRICTIONS ON AND PROCEDURES
FOR RESALES AND OTHER TRANSFERS OF THIS CERTIFICATE TO REFLECT ANY CHANGE IN APPLICABLE LAW OR REGULATION (OR THE INTERPRETATION THEREOF) OR IN PRACTICES RELATING TO THE RESALE OR TRANSFER OF RESTRICTED SECURITIES GENERALLY. THE HOLDER OF THIS
CERTIFICATE SHALL BE DEEMED, BY THE ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, TO HAVE AGREED TO ANY SUCH AMENDMENT OR SUPPLEMENT.]1 

 

	1 	Include only if the Note is a Global Note. 








 [THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES
ACT”), AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A
“QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT), (B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS NOTE IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (C) IT
IS AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR (AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3), OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR”), (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT PRIOR TO THE FIRST ANNIVERSARY OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUANCE OF THIS NOTE
RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS NOTE EXCEPT (A) TO THE ISSUER OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) INSIDE THE UNITED
STATES TO AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES (OR HAS FURNISHED ON ITS BEHALF BY A U.S. BROKER- DEALER) TO THE TRUSTEE A SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE RESTRICTIONS ON
TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE (THE FORM OF WHICH LETTER CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE FOR THIS NOTE), (D) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), (E) PURSUANT TO
THE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), (F) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IF THE ISSUER
SO REQUESTS), OR (G) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS NOTE IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. IN
CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE WITHIN ONE YEAR AFTER THE ORIGINAL ISSUANCE OF THIS NOTE, IF THE PROPOSED TRANSFEREE IS AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR, THE HOLDER MUST, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISH TO THE TRUSTEE AND THE ISSUER SUCH
CERTIFICATIONS, LEGAL OPINIONS OR OTHER INFORMATION AS EITHER OF THEM MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS BEING MADE PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE
SECURITIES ACT. AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION,” “UNITED STATES” AND “U.S. PERSON” HAVE THE MEANING GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES
ACT.]2 
 [CANADIAN RESALE LEGEND 

UNLESS PERMITTED UNDER SECURITIES LEGISLATION, THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE MUST NOT TRADE THE NOTE BEFORE THE DATE THAT IS 4 MONTHS AND A DAY
AFTER MARCH 27, 2015.]3 
  

	2	Include only if the Note is a Restricted Note. 


	3	Include until no longer necessary under Canadian securities laws. 








 [THIS NOTE AND ANY RELATED DOCUMENTATION MAY BE AMENDED OR SUPPLEMENTED FROM TIME TO TIME TO
MODIFY THE RESTRICTIONS ON RESALES AND OTHER TRANSFERS OF THIS NOTE TO REFLECT ANY CHANGE IN APPLICABLE LAW OR REGULATION (OR THE INTERPRETATION THEREOF) OR IN PRACTICES RELATING TO THE RESALE OR TRANSFER OF RESTRICTED SECURITIES GENERALLY. THE
HOLDER OF THIS NOTE SHALL BE DEEMED BY THE ACCEPTANCE OF THIS NOTE TO HAVE AGREED TO ANY SUCH AMENDMENT OR SUPPLEMENT.]4 

 

	4	Include only if the Note is a Restricted Note. 








 VRX ESCROW CORP. 
  

			
	COMMON CODE: [144A: 120609165, Reg. S: 120561928]		
		
	ISIN: [144A: XS1206091651, Reg. S: XS1205619288]		No. [    ]

 4.50% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2023 

VRX Escrow Corp., a corporation continued under the British Columbia Business Corporations Act (the “Company,” which term
shall include any successor corporation under the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof) promises to pay to                      or its
registered assigns, the principal sum of                      Euros (€        ) on May 15, 2023 [or
such greater or lesser amount as is indicated on the Schedule of Exchanges of Notes on the other side of this Note]5 and to pay interest thereon as provided on the other side of this Note. 

Interest Payment Dates: May 15 and November 15, beginning November 15, 2015. 

Record Dates: May 1 and November 1. 

Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note. 

 

	5 	Include only if the Note is a Global Note. 








 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly executed. 

 

			
	VRX ESCROW CORP.
		
	By:		  

			Name:
			Title:










			
	 Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication:

This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture for the 4.50% Senior Notes due 2023.

	
	THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A., as Trustee
		
	By:		  

	Authorized Signatory
		
	Dated:		  









 [FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF NOTE] 

VRX ESCROW CORP. 
 4.50% SENIOR
NOTES DUE 2023 
  

	1.	INTEREST 

 The Company shall pay interest on this Note semiannually in arrears on May 15
and November 15, each an “interest payment date,” of each year, commencing on November 15, 2015, at the rate per annum specified in the title of this Note. Interest shall accrue from and including March 27, 2015 or
else the most recent interest payment date to which interest had been paid or duly provided for to but excluding the date on which such interest is paid. Interest on this Note will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

 The Company shall, (in immediately available funds) to the fullest extent permitted by law, pay interest on overdue principal (including
premium, if any) and overdue installments of interest from the original due date to the date paid, at the rate applicable to this Note plus 1% per annum, which interest shall be payable on demand. 

The interest so payable and punctually paid or duly provided for on any interest payment date will be paid to the Person in whose name this
Note is registered at the close of business on May 1 or November 1 preceding such interest payment date (the “Record Date”) except as provided in the Indenture. Payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and
interest on this Note will be made in euros as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts and as otherwise provided in the Indenture. 
  

	2.	METHOD OF PAYMENT 

 [The Company will make payments in respect of this Note (including
principal, premium, if any, interest) by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Holder.]1 [The Company will make all payments of principal, interest and
premium, if any, with respect to this Note by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Holders, in the case of a Holder holding an aggregate principal amount of Notes of €1,000,000 or more, or, if no such
account is specified or in the case of a Holder holding an aggregate principal amount of Notes of less than €1,000,000, by mailing a check to each such Holder’s registered address.]2 All
payments shall be made in immediately available funds euros as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Payments to any Holder holding an aggregate principal amount of Notes in excess of €1,000,000 shall
be made by wire transfer in immediately available funds to an account maintained by such Holder in the United States or London, if such Holder has provided wire transfer instructions to the Company at least 10 Business Days prior to the payment
date. Any wire transfer instructions received by the Trustee will remain in effect until revoked by the Holder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as this Note is registered in the name of a Depositary or its nominee, all payments hereon shall
be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account of the Depositary or its nominee. 
  

	1 	Include only if the Note is a Global Note. 


	2 	Include only if the Note is a Definitive Note. 









	3.	PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR 

 Initially, The Bank of New York Mellon, acting through its London
branch, will act as Paying Agent in London. The Company may change the Paying Agents, the registrars or the transfer agents without prior notice to the Holders of the Notes; provided, however that in no event will the Company appoint a Paying Agent
in a Member State of the European Union that is obliged to withhold or deduct tax pursuant to European Council Directive 2003/48/EC or any other directive implementing the conclusions of the ECOFIN Council meeting of November 26-27, 2000 or any
law implementing or complying with, or introduced in order to conform to, such directive. If and for so long as the Notes are listed on the Irish Stock Exchange and admitted to trading on the Global Exchange Market and the rules of the Irish Stock
Exchange so require, the Company will publish a notice of any change of Paying Agent, registrar or transfer agent in a newspaper having general circulation in Ireland (which is expected to be The Irish Times) or, to the extent and in the
manner permitted by such rules, posted on the official website of the Irish Stock Exchange (http://www.ise.ie). 
  

	4.	INDENTURE, LIMITATIONS 

 This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Notes of the Company
designated as its 4.50% Senior Notes due 2023 (the “Notes”), issued under an Indenture dated as of March 27, 2015 (together with any supplemental indentures thereto, the “Indenture”), among the Company, the
Trustee and The Bank of New York Mellon, acting through its London Branch, as Euro Paying Agent. The terms of this Note include those stated in the Indenture. This Note is subject to all such terms, and the Holder of this Note is referred to the
Indenture and said Act for a statement of them. Capitalized terms used and not defined herein have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Indenture. 

The Company shall be entitled to issue Additional Notes pursuant to Section 2.1(c) of the Indenture. 

 

	5.	OPTIONAL REDEMPTION; PURCHASE OF NOTES AT OPTION OF HOLDER. 

 (a) Optional Redemption.
The Notes are redeemable at the option of the Company at the prices, and upon the terms and conditions, set forth in Section 3.7 of the Indenture. 

(b) Repurchase at Option of Holder. If there is a Change of Control, the Company shall be required to make an offer (a “Change
of Control Offer”) to repurchase all or any part (equal to €100,000 or an integral multiple of €1,000 in excess thereof) of each Holder’s Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus
accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to, but excluding, the date of purchase (the “Change of Control Payment”). Within 30 days following any Change of Control, (i) the Company shall send a notice to each Holder setting
forth the procedures governing the Change of Control Offer as required by the Indenture and (ii) if at the time of such notice the Euro Notes are listed on the Irish Stock Exchange and the rules of the Irish Stock Exchange so require, cause a
notice of the Change of Control Offer to be published in a leading newspaper of general circulation in Ireland. 
 If after the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary consummates any Asset Sale, the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds the greater of $275.0 million or 1.0% of Consolidated Total Assets, the Company shall commence an offer to all Holders of Notes and all holders of
other Parity Indebtedness to purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of Notes and such other Parity Indebtedness that may be purchased (or repaid, prepaid or redeemed) equal to the aggregate Excess Proceeds (an “Asset Sale
Offer”) pursuant to Section 4.14 of the Indenture to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes and other Parity Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the amount of such Excess Proceeds at








 
an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but not including, the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in
accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes and other Parity Indebtedness tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Company (or such Restricted
Subsidiary) may use such deficiency for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other Parity Indebtedness surrendered by holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Company
shall select the Notes and other Parity Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis. Holders of Notes that are the subject of an offer to purchase will receive an Asset Sale Offer from the Company prior to any related purchase date and
may elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Notes. 

(d) Special Mandatory Redemption. If the Tender Offer is not consummated on or prior to the Outside Date or if the Parent shall notify
the Trustee in writing of the Parent’s announcement that the Merger Agreement has been terminated or determine that the Tender Offer will not otherwise be pursued, then the Escrow Issuer will, on a day not more than three Business Days
following the Outside Date or the date of such notice, as applicable (such date, the “Special Mandatory Redemption Date”), redeem all of the Notes (the “Special Mandatory Redemption”) at a price equal to 100% of the principal
amount of the gross proceeds of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest from the Issue Date (the “Special Mandatory Redemption Price”). Notice of the Special Mandatory Redemption will be mailed promptly to each Holder of Notes at its
registered address, to the Trustee and to the Escrow Agent. 
 (e) Notice of Redemption. Notice of redemption will be given at least
30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address. Notes in denominations larger than €100,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of
€1,000, unless all of the Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed. On and after the redemption date interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption. 

 

	6.	DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE, CANCELLATION 

 The Notes are in registered form, without
coupons, in denominations of €100,000 and integral multiples of €1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder may register the transfer of or exchange Notes in accordance with this Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to
furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and to pay any taxes or other governmental charges that may be imposed in relation thereto by law or permitted by the Indenture. 

All Notes surrendered for payment, registration of transfer or exchange or conversion will, if surrendered to the Company or any of its other
Agents with respect to the Notes, be delivered to the Trustee. The Trustee will promptly cancel all Notes delivered to it. No Notes will be authenticated in exchange for any Notes cancelled, except as provided in the Indenture. 

 

	7.	PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS 

 The Holder of a Note may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.

  

	8.	UNCLAIMED MONEY 

 If money for the payment of principal or interest remains unclaimed for two
years, the Trustee or Paying Agent will pay the money back to the Company at its written request, subject to applicable unclaimed property law. After that, Holders entitled to money must look to the Company for payment as general creditors unless an
applicable abandoned property law designates another person. 








	9.	AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER 

 Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture (with respect to
the Notes) or the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, and an existing default or Event of Default and its consequence or compliance
with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes may be waived in a particular instance with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding. Without the consent of or notice to any Holder, the
Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture (with respect to the Notes) or the Notes to, among other things, cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency or make any other change that does not adversely affect the rights of any
Holder. 
 In addition, except as set forth under Article 10, without the consent of Holders of at least 66 2/3% in principal amount of the
Notes then outstanding (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes), no amendment or supplement may release the Note Guarantees. 

 

	10.	SUCCESSOR ENTITY 

 When a successor corporation assumes all the obligations of its predecessor
under the Notes and the Indenture in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Indenture, the predecessor corporation (except in certain circumstances specified in the Indenture) shall be released from those obligations. 

 

	11.	DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES 

 Under the Indenture, an Event of Default includes: (i) default in
payment of any principal (including, without limitation, any premium) on the Notes when due; (ii) default for 30 days in payment of interest on any Notes; (iii) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for 60 days after
notice to it to comply with certain covenants contained in the Indenture or the Notes; (iv) default in the payment of certain indebtedness of the Company or a Significant Subsidiary; (v) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or
reorganization of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary; (vi) (vi) failure by the Company to pay or cause to be paid the Special Mandatory Redemption Price on the Special Mandatory Redemption Date, if any, and (vii) certain other
events described in the Indenture. If an Event of Default (other than as a result of certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Company) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate
principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may declare all unpaid principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest, if any, to the date of acceleration on the Notes then outstanding to be due and payable immediately, all as and to the extent
provided in the Indenture. If an Event of Default occurs as a result of certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Company, unpaid principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest, if any, on the Notes then outstanding shall
become due and payable immediately without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder, all as and to the extent provided in the Indenture. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the
Indenture. The Trustee may require indemnity satisfactory to it before it enforces the Indenture or the Notes. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may direct the Trustee
in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders notice of any continuing default (except a default in payment of principal or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interests. The Company is
required to file periodic reports with the Trustee as to the absence of default. 








	12.	TRUSTEE DEALINGS WITH THE COMPANY 

 The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., the Trustee
under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from and perform services for the Company or an Affiliate of the Company and may otherwise deal with the Company or an Affiliate of the Company as if it
were not the Trustee. 
  

	13.	NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS 

 A director, officer, employee or shareowner, as such, of the
Company or any Note Guarantor shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Company or any Note Guarantor under the Notes or the Indenture nor for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. The
Holder of this Note by accepting this Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of this Note. 
  

	14.	AUTHENTICATION 

 This Note shall not be valid until the Trustee or an authenticating agent
manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note. 
  

	15.	ABBREVIATIONS AND DEFINITIONS 

 Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of the Holder or
an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian) and UGMA (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act). 

 

	16.	INDENTURE TO CONTROL; GOVERNING LAW 

 In the case of any conflict between the provisions of this
Note and the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall control. This Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without regard to principles of conflicts of law. 

The Company will furnish to any Holder, upon written request and without charge, a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to: VRX Escrow
Corp., c/o Valeant Pharmaceuticals International, Inc., 400 Somerset Corporate Boulevard, Bridgewater, New Jersey 08807, Telephone: (905) 286-3000, Attention: Investor Relations. 







 ASSIGNMENT FORM 

To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 

I or we assign and transfer this Note to 
  

 
 (Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or
tax I.D. no.) 
  
  

 
  
  

 
 (Print or type assignee’s name,
address and zip code) 
 and irrevocably appoint 
  

 
 agent to transfer this Note on the books of the
Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him or her. 
  

							
							Your Signature:
				
	Date:		  
				  

							(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)

 *Signature
guaranteed by: 
  

			
	By:		  


  

	*	The signature must be guaranteed by an institution which is a member of one of the following recognized signature guaranty programs: (i) the Securities Transfer Agent Medallion Program (STAMP); (ii) the New
York Stock Exchange Medallion Program (MSP); (iii) the Stock Exchange Medallion Program (SEMP); or (iv) such other guaranty program acceptable to the Trustee. 








 OPTION TO ELECT PURCHASE 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 3.8 or Section 4.14 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box
below: 
  

							
	 ̈		    Section 3.8		 ̈		    Section 4.14

 If you want to elect to have only part of the Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 3.8 or Section 4.14
of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased: 
  

€         
  

			
	Date:		  



 

					
	Your Signature:
	
	  

	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)
		
	Tax Identification No.:		  




 

					
	Signature Guarantee*:		  


  

	*	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee). 








 SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF NOTES3 

The following exchanges, repurchases or conversions of a part of this global Note have been made: 

 

							
	 PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE
FOLLOWING SUCH DECREASE DATE OF
EXCHANGE (OR INCREASE)
	  	AUTHORIZED
SIGNATORY OF
NOTES
CUSTODIAN	  	AMOUNT OF DECREASE
IN PRINCIPAL AMOUNT
OF THIS GLOBAL
NOTE	  	AMOUNT OF INCREASE
IN PRINCIPAL AMOUNT
OF THIS GLOBAL
NOTE
		  		  		  	
		  		  		  	
		  		  		  	

  

	3 	This schedule should be included only if the Note is a Global Note. 








 CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED UPON EXCHANGE OR REGISTRATION 

OF TRANSFER OF RESTRICTED SECURITIES4 

 

	Re:	4.50% Senior Notes due 2023 (the “Notes”) of VRX Escrow Corp. (the “Company”). 


This certificate relates to €         principal amount of Notes owned in (check applicable box)

  ̈ book-entry or  ̈ definitive form
by                     (the “Transferor”). 

The Transferor has requested a Registrar or the Trustee to exchange or register the transfer of such Notes. 

In connection with such request and in respect of each such Note, the Transferor does hereby certify that the Transferor is familiar with
transfer restrictions relating to the Notes as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture dated as of March 27, 2015 among VRX Escrow Corp., The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as the Trustee, Registrar and Paying Agent and The
Bank of New York Mellon, acting through its London branch, as Euro Paying Agent (the “Indenture”), and the transfer of such Note is in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any state and is being made pursuant to an
effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) (check applicable box) or the transfer or exchange, as the case may be, of such Note does not require registration under the
Securities Act because (check applicable box): 
  

	 	 ̈	Such Note is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act. 

  

	 	 ̈	Such Note is being acquired for the Transferor’s own account, without transfer. 

  

	 	 ̈	Such Note is being transferred to the Company or a Subsidiary (as defined in the Indenture) of the Company. 

  

	 	 ̈	Such Note is being transferred to a person the Transferor reasonably believes is a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A or any successor provision thereto (“Rule 144A”)
under the Securities Act) that is purchasing for its own account or for the account of a “qualified institutional buyer,” in each case to whom notice has been given that the transfer is being made in reliance on such Rule 144A, and in each
case in reliance on Rule 144A. 

  

	 	 ̈	Such Note is being transferred pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements under the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144 (or any successor thereto) (“Rule
144”) under the Securities Act. 

  

	 	 ̈	Such Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in compliance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act (or any successor thereto). 


 

	4 	This certificate should be included only if this Note is a Restricted Note. 









	 	 ̈	Such Note is being transferred to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of the Securities Act) that has provided a letter addressed to the Company, in
the form of Exhibit C attached to the Indenture, containing certain representations and agreements. 

  

							
	Date:		  
				  

							(Insert Name of Transferor)5

  

	5 	     








 EXHIBIT B 

FORM OF GUARANTEE 
 [Name of Note
Guarantor] and its successors under the Indenture, jointly and severally with any other Note Guarantors, hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) guarantee the due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the
Notes, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, the due and punctual payment of interest on the overdue principal of and interest, if any, on the Notes, to the extent lawful, and the due and punctual performance of all other
obligations of VRX Escrow Corp. (the “Company”) to the Holders or the Trustee, all in accordance with the terms set forth in Article 10 of the Indenture and (ii) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any
Notes or any of such other obligations, guarantee that the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Capitalized terms
used herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture unless otherwise indicated. 
 No stockholder, officer, director or
incorporator, as such, past, present or future, of [name of Note Guarantor] shall have any personal liability under this Note Guarantee by reason of his, her or its status as such stockholder, officer, director or incorporator. This Note Guarantee
shall be binding upon [name of Note Guarantor] and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Trustee and the Holders and, in the event of any transfer or assignment of rights by any Holder or the
Trustee, the rights and privileges herein conferred upon that party shall automatically extend to and be vested in such transferee or assignee, all subject to the terms and conditions hereof. 

This Note Guarantee shall not be valid or obligatory for any purpose until the certificate of authentication on the Note upon which this Note
Guarantee is noted shall have been executed by the Trustee under the Indenture by the manual signature of one of its authorized officers. 

THE TERMS OF ARTICLE 10 OF THE INDENTURE ARE INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE. 

This Note Guarantee shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York. 

 

			
	[NAME OF NOTE GUARANTOR]
		
	By:		  

			Name:
			Title:



  
 B-1 








 EXHIBIT C 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE FROM ACQUIRING 

INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR 
 VRX Escrow
Corp. 
 c/o Valeant Pharmaceuticals International, Inc. 
 400
Somerset Corporate Boulevard 
 Bridgewater, NJ 08807 

Attention: General Counsel 
 Facsimile No.: (949) 461-6609

  

									
			Re:		 ̈		5.375% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2020		
					 ̈		5.875% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2023		
					 ̈		4.50% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2023		
					 ̈		6.125% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2025		

 Dear Sirs: 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of March 27, 2015 (the “Indenture”), among VRX Escrow Corp., as
issuer (the “Company”), The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as the Trustee, Registrar and Paying Agent and The Bank of New York Mellon, acting through its London branch, as Euro Paying Agent. Capitalized terms used but
not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. 
 In connection with our proposed purchase of
[$         aggregate principal amount of 5.375% Senior Notes due 2020] [$         aggregate principal amount of 5.875% Senior Notes due 2023]
[€         aggregate principal amount of 4.50% Senior Notes due 2023] [$         aggregate principal amount of 6.125% Senior Notes due 2025] (the
“Notes”), we confirm that: 
 1. We understand that any subsequent transfer of the Notes or any interest therein is subject
to certain restrictions and conditions set forth in the Indenture and the undersigned agrees to be bound by, and not to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Notes or any interest therein except in compliance with, such restrictions and
conditions and the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). 
 2. We understand that the
offer and sale of the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act, and that the Notes and any interest therein may not be offered or sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree, on our own behalf and on behalf of any
accounts for which we are acting as hereinafter stated, that if we should sell the Notes or any interest therein, we will do so only (A) to the Company or any of its subsidiaries, (B) in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act
to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined therein), (C) inside the United States to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined below) purchasing for its own account or for the account of another institutional
accredited investor that, prior to such transfer, furnishes (or has furnished on its behalf by a U.S. broker-dealer) to you and to the Company a signed letter substantially in the form of this letter, (D) pursuant to the provisions of Rule 144
under the Securities Act (if available), (E) in accordance with another exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act (and based upon an opinion of counsel acceptable to the Company) or (F) pursuant to an effective
registration statement under the Securities Act, and we further agree to provide to any person purchasing the Notes from us in a transaction meeting the requirements of clauses (A) through (F) of this paragraph a notice advising such
purchaser that resales thereof are restricted as stated herein. 

  
 C-1 








 3. We understand that, on any proposed resale of the Notes or beneficial interest therein, we
will be required to furnish to you and the Company such certifications, legal opinions and other information as you and the Company may reasonably require to confirm that the proposed sale complies with the foregoing restrictions. We further
understand that the Notes purchased by us will bear a legend to the foregoing effect. 
 4. We are an institutional “accredited
investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act) and have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our
investment in the Notes, and we and any accounts for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment. 

5. We are acquiring the Notes or beneficial interest therein purchased by us for our own account or for one or more accounts (each of which is
an institutional “Accredited Investor”) as to each of which we exercise sole investment discretion. 
 You and the Company
are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. 

Dated: 
  

			
	[Insert Name of Accredited Investor]
		
	By:		  

			Name:
			Title:



  
 C-2 








 EXHIBIT D 

FORM OF CANADIAN NOTE GUARANTEE1 

 

									
			Re:		 ̈		5.375% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2020		
					 ̈		5.875% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2023		
					 ̈		4.50% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2023		
					 ̈		6.125% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2025		

 THIS CANADIAN NOTE GUARANTEE (as amended, restated, modified, renewed or extended from time to time, and
including, for the avoidance of any doubt, the preamble and recitals hereto, this “Canadian Note Guarantee”), is executed and delivered as of — by — (“Guarantor”) in favour of The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as the Trustee, Registrar and Paying Agent and The Bank of New York Mellon, acting through its London
branch, as Euro Paying Agent (the “Euro Paying Agent”), for the benefit of each Holder (together with the Trustee, collectively, the “Beneficiaries”). 

RECITALS: 
  

	A.	Reference is made to that Indenture dated as of March 27, 2015 among VRX Escrow Corp., a Canadian corporation (the “Company”), the Trustee and the Euro Paying Agent (as amended, supplemented,
restated, extended, renewed, or replaced from time to time, the “Indenture”). 

  

	B.	Guarantor is an Affiliate of the Company, and, as such, will benefit by virtue of the financial accommodations extended to the Company pursuant to the Indenture. 


THEREFORE, Guarantor agrees as follows: 

Section 1. 

Definitions and Principles of Interpretation 
  

	1.1.	Definitions. 

 All capitalized terms used and not defined elsewhere in this Canadian Note Guarantee, and
all capitalized terms used and not defined in the provisions incorporated by reference into this Canadian Note Guarantee, shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Indenture (such meanings to be determined as if such terms were to be
interpreted in accordance with the laws of the Province of Ontario and the federal laws of Canada applicable in the Province of Ontario) and shall be incorporated by reference into this Canadian Note Guarantee, and the following words and terms have
the meanings set out below: 
 “Guaranteed Obligations” has the meaning given to it in Section 2.1(a). 

“Indenture” has the meaning given to it in the recitals to this Canadian Note Guarantee. 

“Insolvency Proceeding” means (a) any proceeding by or against any Person seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking
dissolution, liquidation, winding-up, reorganization, administration, arrangement, adjustment, protection, relief, rescheduling or composition of it or its debts under any 

 

	1 	Subject to review by Osler. 


  
 D-3 








 
Bankruptcy Law, or seeking the entry of an order for relief or the appointment of a monitor, receiver, interim receiver, administrative receiver, administrator, receiver-manager, manager,
examiner, trustee, custodian, liquidator, sequestrator, agent or other similar official for any such Person or for any substantial part of its property under any provision of any Bankruptcy Law, or (b) the appointment of a monitor, receiver,
interim receiver, administrative receiver, administrator, receiver-manager, manager, examiner, trustee, liquidator, custodian, sequestrator, agent or similar official for such Person or a substantial part of its assets shall occur under any
Bankruptcy Law. 
  

	1.2.	Certain Rules of Interpretation. 

 In this Canadian Note Guarantee: 

 

	(a)	Governing Law – This Canadian Note Guarantee (including terms incorporated by reference to the Indenture) is a contract made under and shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the
Province of Ontario and the federal laws of Canada applicable in the Province of Ontario. 

  

	(b)	Headings – Headings of Articles and Sections are inserted for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the construction or interpretation of this Canadian Note Guarantee. 


 

	(c)	Including – Where the word “including” or “includes” is used in this Canadian Note Guarantee, it means “including (or includes) without limitation”. 


 

	(d)	No Strict Construction – The language used in this Canadian Note Guarantee is the language chosen by the parties to express their mutual intent, and no rule of strict construction shall be applied against
any party. 

  

	(e)	Number and Gender – Unless the context otherwise requires, words importing the singular include the plural and vice versa and words importing gender include all genders. 


 

	(f)	Statutory references – A reference to a statute includes all regulations made pursuant to such statute and, unless otherwise specified, the provisions of any statute or regulation which amends, revises,
restates, supplements or supersedes any such statute or any such regulation. 

  

	(g)	Time – Time is of the essence in the performance of Guarantor’s obligations under this Canadian Note Guarantee. 


Section 2. 

GUARANTEE 
  

	2.1.	Guarantee of the Obligations. 

  

	(a)	 Guarantor hereby unconditionally Guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors
and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of the Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Company thereunder that: (i) the due and punctual payment of principal, premium and interest on the Notes shall be promptly paid
in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, (ii) the due and punctual payment of interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Company to
the Holders or the Trustee under the Indenture or any Note shall be promptly paid in full or performed, all in 



  
 D-4 









	 	
accordance with the terms thereof, and (iii) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same shall be promptly paid in full
when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration pursuant to Section 6.2 of the Indenture or otherwise (collectively, the “Guaranteed Obligations”).
Guarantor agrees that this Canadian Note Guarantee is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection. Failing payment when due of any Guaranteed Obligations for whatever reason, Guarantor shall be obligated to pay the same immediately.


  

	(b)	Guarantor hereby agrees that its obligations with regard to its Canadian Note Guarantee shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity or enforceability of the Notes or the obligations of the Company under the
Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, the recovery of any judgment against the Company or any other obligor with respect to the Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Company under the Indenture or the Notes, any action
to enforce the same or any other circumstances (other than complete performance) which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor. Guarantor further, to the extent permitted by applicable law, hereby waives
and relinquishes all claims, rights and remedies accorded by applicable law to guarantors and shall agree not to assert or take advantage of any such claims, rights or remedies, including but not limited to: (i) any right to require any
Beneficiary, as a condition of payment or performance by Guarantor, to (A) proceed against the Company, any other guarantor (including any other Note Guarantor) of the Guaranteed Obligations or any other person, (B) proceed against or
exhaust any security held from the Company, any such other guarantor or any other person, (C) proceed against or have resort to any balance of any deposit account or credit on the books of any Beneficiary in favour of the Company or any other
person, or (D) pursue any other remedy in the power of any Beneficiary whatsoever; (ii) any defense arising by reason of the incapacity, lack of authority or any disability or other defense of the Company including any defense based on or
arising out of the lack of validity or the unenforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations or any agreement or instrument relating thereto or by reason of the cessation of the liability of the Company from any cause other than payment in full of the
Guaranteed Obligations; (iii) any defense based upon any statute or rule of law which provides that the obligation of a surety must be neither larger in amount nor in other respects more burdensome than that of the principal; (iv) any
defense based upon any Beneficiary’s errors or omissions in the administration of the Guaranteed Obligations, except behavior which amounts to bad faith; (v) (A) any principles or provisions of law, statutory or otherwise, which are
or might be in conflict with the terms of this Canadian Note Guarantee and any legal or equitable discharge of Guarantor’s obligations hereunder and under this Canadian Note Guarantee, (B) the benefit of any statute of limitations
affecting Guarantor’s liability hereunder or the enforcement hereof, (C) any rights to set-offs, recoupments and counterclaims and (D) promptness, diligence and any requirement that any Beneficiary protect, secure, perfect or insure
any security interest or lien or any property subject thereto; (vi) notices, demands, presentations, protests, notices of protest, notices of dishonor and notices of any action or inaction, including acceptance of this Canadian Note Guarantee,
notices of default under the Notes or any agreement or instrument related thereto, notices of any renewal, extension or modification of the Guaranteed Obligations or any agreement related thereto, and notices of any extension of credit to the
Company and any right to consent to any thereof; and (vii) any defenses or benefits that may be derived from or afforded by law which limit the liability of or exonerate guarantors or sureties, or which may conflict with the terms of this
Canadian Note Guarantee. 

  

	(c)	If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company, any Note Guarantor or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Company or
any Note Guarantor, any amount paid to either the Trustee or such Holder, this Canadian Note Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect. 


  
 D-5 









	(d)	Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all Guaranteed Obligations. Guarantor
further agrees that, as between Guarantor, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (i) the maturity of the Guaranteed Obligations may be accelerated as provided in Section 6.2 of the Indenture for the purposes
of this Canadian Note Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations and (ii) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as
provided in Section 6.2 of the Indenture, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by Guarantor for the purpose of this Canadian Note Guarantee. Guarantor shall not exercise any right to seek
contribution from any non-paying Note Guarantor if the exercise of such right impairs the rights of the Holders under the Note Guarantees. 

  

	2.2.	Merger and Consolidation of Guarantors 

  

	(a)	In case of any sale or other disposition, consolidation, merger, amalgamation or conveyance and upon the assumption by the successor person on terms and conditions satisfactory to the Trustee of the obligations of
Guarantor under this Canadian Note Guarantee, and the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants and conditions of the Indenture to be performed by Guarantor, such successor person shall succeed to and be substituted for Guarantor under
this Canadian Note Guarantee with the same effect as if it had been named herein as Guarantor. 

  

	(b)	Except as set forth in Articles 4 and 5 of the Indenture, and notwithstanding clause (a) of this Section 2.2, nothing contained in the Indenture or in any of the Notes shall prevent any consolidation, merger
or amalgamation of a Note Guarantor with or into the Company or another Note Guarantor, or shall prevent any sale or conveyance of the property of a Note Guarantor as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to the Company or another Note
Guarantor. 

  

	2.3.	Release 

  

	(a)	In the event (i) of a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of Guarantor, by way of merger, amalgamation, consolidation or otherwise, or a sale or other disposition of all the Equity
Interests of any Guarantor, in each case to a person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transactions) a Subsidiary of the Company, so long as the Net Proceeds of such sale or other disposition are applied in accordance with
the applicable provisions of the Indenture, including without limitation Section 4.14 thereof, (ii) of a designation by the Company of Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the definition thereof, (iii) upon the
release or discharge of this Canadian Note Guarantee in respect of any Indebtedness that resulted in the issuance after the Issue Date of this Canadian Note Guarantee by Guarantor or (iv) the Company discharges the Indenture under
Section 8.1 thereof or exercises its legal or covenant defeasance options under Section 8.2 or 8.3 thereof, respectively, Guarantor or, in the case of a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of Guarantor, the
Person acquiring such property, shall be released and relieved of any obligations under this Canadian Note Guarantee without any further action being required by the Trustee or any Holder. 


 

	(b)	Upon delivery by the Company to the Trustee of an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such sale or other disposition was made by the Company in accordance with the provisions of the
Indenture, including without limitation Section 4.8 thereof, the Trustee shall execute any documents reasonably required in order to evidence the release of Guarantor from its obligations under this Canadian Note Guarantee. 


  
 D-6 








 Section 3. 

Miscellaneous 
  

	3.1.	Limitations Act, 2002 (Ontario) 

 Any and all limitation periods provided for in the
Limitations Act, 2002 (Ontario), as amended from time to time, or any other applicable law limiting the time for which an action may be commenced shall be excluded from application to the obligations of Guarantor hereunder to
fullest extent permitted by such Act or applicable law. 
  

	3.2.	Usury Savings Clause 

 If any provision of this Canadian Note Guarantee, the Indenture or any Note would
obligate any Canadian Note Guarantor to make any payment of or on account of interest or other amount in an amount or calculated at a rate which would result in a receipt by any Holder of interest at a criminal rate (as such term is construed under
the Criminal Code (Canada)), then notwithstanding such provisions, such amount or rate shall be deemed to have been adjusted with retroactive effect to the maximum amount or rate of interest, as the case may be, as would not so result in a
receipt by such Holder of interest at a criminal rate, such adjustment to be effected, to the extent necessary, as follows: (1) firstly, by reducing the amount or rate of interest required to be paid to such Holder, and (2) thereafter, by
reducing any fees, commissions, premiums and other amounts required to be paid to such Holder which would constitute “interest” for purposes of Section 347 of the Criminal Code (Canada). 

 

	3.3.	Interest Act (Canada) 

 For purposes of disclosure pursuant to the Interest Act (Canada), the
annual rates of interest or fees to which the rates of interest or fees provided for in this Canadian Note Guarantee, the Indenture or the Notes (and stated herein or therein, as applicable, to be computed on the basis of a 360 day year or any other
period of time less than a calendar year) are equivalent are the rates so provided for multiplied by the actual number of days in the applicable calendar year and divided by 360 or the actual number of days in such other period of time,
respectively. 
  

	3.4.	Counterparts; Execution 

 This Canadian Note Guarantee may be executed in any number of counterparts and
by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute but one and the same agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart
of this Canadian Note Guarantee facsimile or other similar method of electronic transmission (including by way of email attachment) shall be equally as effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Canadian Note Guarantee. 

 

	3.5.	Severability 

 If, in any jurisdiction, any provision of this Canadian Note Guarantee or its application
to any party or circumstance is restricted, prohibited or unenforceable, such provision shall, as to that jurisdiction, be 

  
 D-7 








 
ineffective only to the extent of such restriction, prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions of this Canadian Note Guarantee and without affecting the
validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction or without affecting its application to other parties or circumstances. 
  

	3.6.	Notices 

 All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed, sent,
or delivered in accordance with the terms of the Indenture. 
  

	3.7.	Successors 

 This Canadian Note Guarantee shall be binding upon Guarantor and its successors and shall
inure to the benefit of the successors of the Beneficiaries. 
  

	3.8.	Judgment Currency 

 Guarantor shall indemnify each Holder and each Person, if any, who controls any
Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act against any loss incurred by such party as a result of any judgment or order being given or made against Guarantor for any U.S. dollar amount
due under this Canadian Note Guarantee and such judgment or order being expressed and paid in a currency (the “Judgment Currency”) other than U.S. dollars and as a result of any variation as between (i) the rate of exchange at
which the U.S. dollar amount is converted into the Judgment Currency for the purpose of such judgment or order and (ii) the spot rate of exchange in The City of New York at which such party on the date of payment of such judgment or order
is able to purchase U.S. dollars with the amount of the Judgment Currency actually received by such party if such party had utilized such amount of Judgment Currency to purchase U.S. dollars upon such party’s receipt thereof. Any amount due
from Guarantor under this Section 3.8 shall be due as a separate debt and shall not be affected by such judgment or order as aforesaid. The term “spot rate of exchange” shall include any premiums and costs of exchange payable in
connection with the purchase of, or conversion into, U.S. dollars. 
  

	3.9.	Payment of Additional Amounts 

  

	(a)	All payments made under or with respect to this Canadian Note Guarantee by Guarantor will be made free and clear of any withholding or deduction for or on account of any tax, duty, levy, impost, assessment or other
governmental charge of whatever nature (collectively, “Tax”) imposed or levied by or on behalf of Canada or any other jurisdiction in which Guarantor is organized, resident or doing business for tax purposes or from or through which
Guarantor makes any payment on the Canadian Note Guarantee or any department or political subdivision thereof (each, a “Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction”), unless Guarantor is required to withhold or deduct Taxes by law. If Guarantor is
required by law to withhold or deduct any amount for or on account of Taxes of any Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction from any payment made under or with respect to this Canadian Note Guarantee, Guarantor, subject to the exceptions listed below, will pay
additional amounts (“Additional Amounts”) as may be necessary to ensure that the net amount received by each Holder or beneficial owner of the Notes after such withholding or deduction (including withholding or deduction
attributable to Additional Amounts payable hereunder) will not be less than the amount the Holder or beneficial owner would have received if such Taxes had not been withheld or deducted. 


  
 D-8 









	(b)	Guarantor will not, however, pay Additional Amounts to a Holder or beneficial owner of Notes: 

  

	 	(i)	to the extent the Taxes giving rise to such Additional Amounts would not have been imposed but for the existence of any present or former connection between the Holder or beneficial owner (or between a fiduciary,
settler, beneficiary, member or shareholder of, or possessor of a power over, such Holder or beneficial owner, if such Holder or beneficial owner is an estate, trust, partnership or corporation) and the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction (other than any
connection resulting solely from the acquisition, ownership, holding or disposition of Notes, the receipt of payments thereunder or under this Canadian Note Guarantee and/or the exercise or enforcement of rights under any Notes or this Canadian Note
Guarantee); 

  

	 	(ii)	to the extent the Taxes giving rise to such Additional Amounts would not have been imposed but for the failure of the Holder or beneficial owner of Notes, following Guarantor’s written request addressed to the
Holder, to the extent such Holder or beneficial owner is legally eligible to do so, to comply with any certification, identification, information or other reporting requirements, whether required by statute, treaty, regulation or administrative
practice of a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction, as a precondition to exemption from, or reduction in the rate of deduction or withholding of, Taxes imposed by the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction (including, without limitation, a certification that the
Holder or beneficial owner is not resident in the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction); 

  

	 	(iii)	with respect to any estate, inheritance, gift, sales or any similar Taxes; 

  

	 	(iv)	to the extent the Taxes giving rise to such Additional Amounts would not have been imposed but for the presentation by the Holder or beneficial owner of any Note, where presentation is required, for payment on a date
more than 30 days after the date on which payment became due and payable or the date on which payment thereof is duly provided for, whichever occurs later; 

  

	 	(v)	with respect to any withholding or deduction that is imposed on a payment to an individual and that is required to be made pursuant to European Council Directive 2003/48/EC on the taxation of savings income which was
adopted by the ECOFIN Council on June 3, 2003 or any law or agreement whether or not solely between Member States of the European Union implementing or complying with, or introduced in order to conform to or supplement, such directive (the
“EU Savings Tax Directive”) or is required to be made pursuant to the Agreement between the European Community and the Swiss Confederation dated October 26, 2004 providing for measures equivalent to those laid down in the EU
Savings Tax Directive or any law or other governmental regulation implementing or complying with, or introduced in order to conform to, such agreement; 

  

	 	(vi)	to the extent the Taxes giving rise to such Additional Amounts would not have been imposed but for the Holder or beneficial owner not dealing at arm’s length, within the meaning of the Income Tax Act
(Canada), with the Company or Guarantor; 

  

	 	(vii)	to the extent the Taxes giving rise to such Additional Amounts would not have been imposed but for such Holder or beneficial owner being, or not dealing at arm’s length (within the meaning of the Income Tax Act
(Canada)) with, a “specified shareholder” of the Company as defined in subsection 18(5) of the Income Tax Act (Canada) for purposes of the thin capitalization rules in the Income Tax Act (Canada); 


  
 D-9 









	 	(viii)	to the extent the Taxes giving rise to such Additional Amounts are United States federal withholding tax imposed pursuant to Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended as of the date of
hereof (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future regulations, official interpretations or administrative authority promulgated thereunder and any
agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code as in effect on the date hereof (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), and, for the avoidance of
doubt, any intergovernmental agreement (and related legislation, rules or practices) implementing the foregoing (taken together, “FATCA”), except to the extent that such Taxes result from a failure of any Paying Agent to comply with
FATCA; and 

  

	 	(ix)	any combination of items (i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (v), (vi), (vii) and (viii). 

  

	(c)	Guarantor will (i) make any such withholding or deduction required by applicable law and (ii) remit the full amount deducted or withheld to the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction in accordance with applicable law.
Guarantor will make reasonable efforts to obtain certified copies of tax receipts evidencing the payment of any Taxes so deducted or withheld from each Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction imposing such Taxes. Guarantor will provide to the Trustee, within a
reasonable time after the date the payment of any Taxes so deducted or withheld are due pursuant to applicable law, either a certified copy or tax receipts evidencing such payment, or, if such tax receipts are not reasonably available to Guarantor,
such other documentation that provides reasonable evidence of such payment by Guarantor. 

  

	(d)	Where Tax is payable pursuant to Regulation 803 of the Income Tax Act (Canada) by a Holder or beneficial owner of the Notes in respect of any amount payable under the Canadian Note Guarantee to the Holder (other
than by reason of a transfer of the Notes to a person resident in Canada with whom the transferor does not deal at arm’s length for the purposes of such Act), but no Additional Amount is paid in respect of such Tax, Guarantor will pay as or on
account of interest to the Holder an amount equal to such Tax within 45 days after receiving from the Holder a notice containing reasonable particulars of the Tax so payable, provided such Holder or beneficial owner would have been entitled to
receive Additional Amounts on account of such Tax (and only to the extent of such Additional Amounts that such Holder or beneficial owner would have been entitled to receive) but for the fact that it is payable otherwise than by deduction or
withholding from payments made under or with respect to the Canadian Note Guarantee. 

  

	(e)	Prior to the date on which the payment of any Additional Amounts are due, Guarantor will deliver to the Trustee such Additional Amounts payable together with an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Additional
Amounts will be payable on the applicable payment date, and setting forth the Additional Amounts so payable and will also set forth such other information necessary to enable the Trustee to pay such Additional Amounts to Holders on the applicable
payment date. Any such Officers’ Certificate will be delivered to the Trustee at least 2 Business Days in advance of when the payments in question are required to be made (unless a shorter period of time is acceptable to the Trustee in its
reasonable discretion). Guarantor will promptly publish a notice in accordance with Section 11.2 of the Indenture stating that such Additional Amounts will be payable and describing the obligation to pay such amounts. 


 

	(f)	 Guarantor will reimburse the Holders of Notes, upon written request of such Holder of Notes and certified proof of payment for the amount of
(i) any Taxes levied or imposed by a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction and payable by such Holder in connection with payments made under or with respect to this Canadian Note Guarantee; and (ii) any Taxes levied or imposed with respect to any




  
 D-10 









	 	
reimbursement under the foregoing clause (i) or this clause (ii), so that the net amount received by such Holder after such reimbursement will not be less than the net amount such Holder
would have received if the Taxes giving rise to the reimbursement described in clauses (i) and/or (ii) had not been imposed, provided, however, that the indemnification obligation provided for in this Section 3.9(f) shall not extend
to Taxes imposed for which the Holder of the Notes would not have been eligible to receive payment of Additional Amounts hereunder by virtue of clauses (i) through (ix) of Section 3.9(b) hereof, or to the extent such Holder received
Additional Amounts with respect to such payments. 

  

	(g)	In addition, Guarantor will pay any stamp, issue, registration, court, documentary, excise or other similar taxes, charges and duties, including interest and penalties with respect thereto, imposed by any Relevant
Taxing Jurisdiction at any time in respect of the execution, issuance, registration or delivery of this Canadian Note Guarantee or any other document or instrument referred to thereunder and any such taxes, charges or duties imposed by any Relevant
Taxing Jurisdiction at any time as a result of, or in connection with, (i) any payments made pursuant to any Guarantee or any other such document or instrument referred to thereunder and/or (ii) the enforcement of this Canadian Note
Guarantee or any other such document or instrument referred to thereunder. 

  

	(h)	Obligations described under this Section 3.9 will survive any termination, defeasance or discharge of this Indenture and will apply mutatis mutandis to any successor Person to Guarantor and to any
jurisdiction in which such successor is organized, doing business or is otherwise resident for Tax purposes or any jurisdiction from or through which payment is made by such successor or its respective agents. 


 

	(i)	Whenever this Canadian Note Guarantee refers to, in any context, the payment of principal, premium, if any, interest or any other amount payable under or with respect to any Note or under this Canadian Note Guarantee,
such reference includes the payment of Additional Amounts or other payments that would be payable pursuant to this Section 3.9, if applicable. 


- remainder of page intentionally left blank - 

  
 D-11 








 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Guarantor has executed and delivered this Guarantee as of the first
date written above. 
  

			
	—, as Canadian Note Guarantor
		
	By:		  

			Name:
			Title:



  
 D-12